More annual reports from Oxford Industries:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Oxford Industries:
Oxford IndustriesTable of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 3, 2024
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                    to
Commission File Number: 1-4365
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(404) 659-2424
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $1 par value
Trading Symbol
OXM
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒    No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐    No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes ☒    No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒    No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☒
Smaller reporting company ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐
Accelerated filer ☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect
the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of
the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐    No ☒
As of July 28, 2023, which is the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $1,132,153,021. For purposes of
this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant’s voting stock (based
on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to July 28, 2023) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not
necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $1 par value
Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 29, 2024
15,629,222
Portions of our proxy statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 25, 2024 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
    
    
 
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Properties
Legal Proceedings
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Item 6. Reserved
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
2
Page
7
25
39
39
40
41
41
41
43
44
67
69
110
110
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
114
115
116
Table of Contents
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Our  SEC  filings  and  public  announcements  may  include  forward-looking  statements  about  future  events.
Generally,  the  words  "believe,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "estimate,"  "anticipate,"  "project,"  "will"  and  similar  expressions
identify  forward-looking  statements,  which  generally  are  not  historical  in  nature.  We  intend  for  all  forward-looking
statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking
statements  attributable  to  us  or  persons  acting  on  our  behalf,  to  be  covered  by  the  safe  harbor  provisions  for  forward-
looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995  and  the  provisions  of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were
adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Such statements are subject to a number of risks,
uncertainties  and  assumptions  including,  without  limitation,  demand  for  our  products,  which  may  be  impacted  by
macroeconomic  factors  that  may  impact  consumer  discretionary  spending  and  pricing  levels  for  apparel  and  related
products, many of which may be impacted by inflationary pressures, elevated interest rates, concerns about the stability of
the  banking  industry  or  general  economic  uncertainty,  and  the  effectiveness  of  measures  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  these
factors; competitive conditions and/or evolving consumer shopping patterns; acquisition activities (such as the acquisition
of  Johnny  Was),  including  our  ability  to  integrate  key  functions,  recognize  anticipated  synergies  and  minimize  related
disruptions or distractions to our business as a result of these activities; supply chain disruptions; costs and availability of
labor and freight deliveries, including our ability to appropriately staff our retail stores and food and beverage locations;
costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products, as well as our ability to pass along price increases to
consumers; energy costs; our ability to respond to rapidly changing consumer expectations; unseasonal or extreme weather
conditions or natural disasters, including the ultimate impact of the recent wildfires on the island of Maui; the ability of
business partners, including suppliers, vendors, wholesale customers, licensees, logistics providers and landlords, to meet
their obligations to us and/or continue our business relationship to the same degree as they have historically; retention of
and disciplined execution by key management and other critical personnel; cybersecurity breaches and ransomware attacks,
as  well  as  our  and  our  third  party  vendors’  ability  to  properly  collect,  use,  manage  and  secure  business,  consumer  and
employee  data  and  maintain  continuity  of  our  information  technology  systems;  the  effectiveness  of  our  advertising
initiatives in defining, launching and communicating brand-relevant customer experiences; the level of our indebtedness,
including the risks associated with heightened interest rates on the debt and the potential impact on our ability to operate
and expand our business; changes in international, federal or state tax, trade and other laws and regulations, including the
potential imposition of additional duties; the timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers; fluctuations and
volatility in global financial and/or real estate markets; the timing and cost of retail store and food and beverage location
openings  and  remodels,  technology  implementations  and  other  capital  expenditures;  the  timing,  cost  and  successful
implementation  of  changes  to  our  distribution  network;  pandemics  or  other  public  health  crises;  expected  outcomes  of
pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions; the increased consumer, employee and regulatory focus on corporate
responsibility  issues;  the  regulation  or  prohibition  of  goods  sourced,  or  containing  raw  materials  or  components,  from
certain regions and our ability to evidence compliance; access to capital and/or credit markets; factors that could affect our
consolidated effective tax rate; the risk of impairment to goodwill and other intangible assets; risks related to a shutdown of
the US government; and geopolitical risks, including ongoing challenges between the United States and China and those
related  to  the  ongoing  war  in  Ukraine,  the  Israel-Hamas  war  and  the  conflict  in  the  Red  Sea  region.  Forward-looking
statements reflect our expectations at the time such forward-looking statements are made, based on information available at
such time, and are not guarantees of performance.
3
Table of Contents
SUMMARY OF RISKS AFFECTING OUR BUSINESS
Our  business  is  subject  to  numerous  risks.  The  following  summary  highlights  some  of  the  risks  you  should
consider with respect to our business and prospects. This summary is not complete and the risks summarized below are not
the only risks we face. You should review and carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described in more detail in Part
I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, which includes a more complete discussion of the risks summarized below:
Risks Related to our Industry and Macroeconomic Conditions
●
●
●
●
Our business and financial condition are heavily influenced by general economic and market conditions
which are outside of our control.
We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  industry  with  significant  pricing  pressures  and  heightened  customer
expectations.
Failure  to  anticipate  and  adapt  to  changing  fashion  trends  and  consumer  preferences  could  harm  our
reputation and financial performance.
Our operations and those of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affected by changes
in  weather  patterns,  natural  or  man-made  disasters,  public  health  crises,  war,  terrorism  or  other
catastrophes.
Risks Related to our Business Strategy and Operations
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Failure  to  maintain  the  reputation  or  value  of  our  brands  could  harm  our  business  operations  and
financial condition.
Our  inability  to  execute  our  direct  to  consumer  and  portfolio-level  strategies  in  response  to  shifts  in
consumer shopping behavior could adversely affect our financial results and operations.
We  may  be  unable  to  grow  our  business  through  organic  growth,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
The  acquisition  of  new  businesses  is  inherently  risky,  and  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  realize  the
anticipated benefits of any acquisition.
The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines could result in unexpected liabilities and
adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.
We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants.
We make use of debt to finance our operations, which could expose us to risks that adversely affect our
business, financial position and operating results.
The loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s
financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Information Technology
●
●
●
Cybersecurity  attacks  and/or  breaches  of  information  security  or  privacy  could  disrupt  our  operations,
cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.
Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure could have an
adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Reliance  on  outdated  technology  or  failure  to  upgrade  our  information  technology  systems  and
capabilities could impair the efficient operation of our business and our ability to compete.
Risks Related to our Sourcing and Distribution Strategies
●
Our reliance on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands exposes us to
risks that could disrupt our supply chain, increase our costs and negatively impact our operations.
4
Table of Contents
●
●
●
●
●
●
Our operations are dependent on the global supply chain, and the impact of supply chain constraints may
adversely impact our business and operating results.
Any disruption or failure in our primary distribution facilities may materially adversely affect our business
or operations.
Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially
increase our costs.
Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.
Our geographic concentration exposes us to certain regional risks.
Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign
currency exchange rates.
Risks Related to Regulatory, Tax and Financial Reporting Matters
●
●
●
●
●
●
Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of
compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs
or operations.
Changes in international trade regulation could increase our costs and/or disrupt our supply chain.
Any  violation  or  perceived  violation  of  our  Supplier  Code  of  Conduct  or  environmental  and  social
compliance programs, including by our manufacturers or vendors, could have a material adverse effect on
our brands.
As a multi-national apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective
tax rate.
Impairment  charges  for  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our
financial results.
Any  failure  to  maintain  liquor  licenses  or  comply  with  applicable  regulations  could  adversely  affect  the
profitability of our restaurant operations.
General Risks
●
●
●
●
●
Our  business  depends  on  our  senior  management  and  other  key  personnel,  and  failure  to  successfully
attract,  retain  and  implement  succession  of  our  senior  management  and  key  personnel  or  to  attract,
develop  and  retain  personnel  to  fulfill  other  critical  functions  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our
operations and ability to execute our strategies.
We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.
We  are  subject  to  periodic  litigation,  which  may  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  expenses  or  unexpected
liabilities.
Our  common  stock  price  may  be  highly  volatile,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  meet  investor  and  analyst
expectations.
Other factors may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
DEFINITIONS
As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and
its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means the Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification; "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
5
Table of Contents
States;  and  "TBBC"  means  The  Beaufort  Bonnet  Company.  Additionally,  the  terms  listed  below  reflect  the  respective
period noted:
Fiscal 2025
Fiscal 2024
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2020
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2023
Third quarter Fiscal 2023
Second quarter Fiscal 2023
First quarter Fiscal 2023
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2022
Third quarter Fiscal 2022
Second quarter Fiscal 2022
First quarter Fiscal 2022
52 weeks ending January 31, 2026
52 weeks ending February 1, 2025
53 weeks ended February 3, 2024
52 weeks ended January 28, 2023
52 weeks ended January 29, 2022
52 weeks ended January 30, 2021
14 weeks ended February 3, 2024
13 weeks ended October 28, 2023
13 weeks ended July 29, 2023
13 weeks ended April 29, 2023
13 weeks ended January 28, 2023
13 weeks ended October 29, 2022
13 weeks ended July 30, 2022
13 weeks ended April 30, 2022
6
 
Table of Contents
Item 1.   Business
Overview
PART I
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
We  are  a  leading  branded  apparel  company  that  designs,  sources,  markets  and  distributes  products  bearing  the
trademarks of our portfolio of lifestyle brands: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was, Southern Tide, TBBC, Duck
Head and Jack Rogers.
Our  business  strategy  is  to  develop  and  market  compelling  lifestyle  brands  and  products  that  evoke  a  strong
emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined
and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude. Furthermore, we believe lifestyle brands that create
an  emotional  connection  can  command  greater  loyalty  and  higher  price  points  and  create  licensing  opportunities.  We
believe the attraction of a lifestyle brand depends on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective
lifestyle brand message and distributing products to consumers where and when they want them. We believe the principal
competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value, and image of brand names; design of differentiated,
innovative  or  otherwise  compelling  product;  consumer  preference;  price;  quality;  marketing  (including  through  rapidly
shifting digital and social media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete
successfully  in  the  apparel  industry  is  dependent  on  our  proficiency  in  foreseeing  changes  and  trends  in  fashion  and
consumer  preference  and  presenting  appealing  products  for  consumers.  Our  design-led,  commercially  informed  lifestyle
brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated fashion products each season as well as certain core products that
consumers expect from us.
To further strengthen each lifestyle brand’s connections with consumers, we directly communicate through digital
and print media on a regular basis with our loyal consumers, including the approximately 2.7 million who have transacted
with us in the last year. We believe our ability to effectively communicate the images, lifestyle and products of our brands
and create an emotional connection with consumers is critical to the success of our brands, as evidenced by our advertising
which engages our consumers by conveying the lifestyle of the brand.
We  believe  the  attraction  of  each  of  our  lifestyle  brands  is  a  direct  result  of  years  of  maintaining  appropriate
quality  and  design,  and  appropriately  restricting  the  distribution  of  our  products.  We  believe  this  approach  to  quality,
design, distribution and communication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points, high gross
margins and success for our brands.
During  Fiscal  2023,  80%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  were  through  our  direct  to  consumer  channels  of
distribution,  which  consist  of  our  brand  specific  full-price  retail  stores,  e-commerce  websites  and  outlets,  as  well  as  our
Tommy Bahama food and beverage operations. During Fiscal 2023, the breakdown of our consolidated net sales by direct
to consumer channel was as follows: e-commerce of $538 million, or 34%; full-price retail of $533 million, or 34%; food
and  beverage  of  $116  million,  or  7%;  and  outlet  operations  of  $73  million,  or  5%.  Our  direct  to  consumer  operations
provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them a broad assortment of our current
season products and immerse them in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a digital
or physical setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our
brands.
Our  brand-specific  e-commerce  business  continues  to  grow.  Our  e-commerce  business  is  very  profitable  as  we
have  a  high  gross  margin  on  e-commerce  sales  that  allow  us  to  absorb  any  incremental  picking,  packing  and  freight
expense associated with operating an e-commerce business and still maintain a high profit margin on e-commerce sales.
Our  278  full-price  retail  stores  allow  us  the  opportunity  to  carry  a  full  line  of  current  season  merchandise,
including apparel, accessories and other products, all presented in an aspirational brand-specific atmosphere. We believe
that our full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products and allow us to stay close to the
7
Table of Contents
preferences  of  our  consumers.  Further,  we  believe  that  our  presentation  of  products  and  our  strategy  to  operate  the  full-
price retail stores with limited in-store promotional activities enhance the value and reputation of our lifestyle brands and,
in turn, strengthen our business and relationships with key wholesale customers. Approximately one-half of our full-price
retail stores are located in warm weather resort or travel-to destinations and states. We believe there are still opportunities
for new stores in both warmer and colder climates as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location
attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.
Additionally, our Tommy Bahama brand operates 22 food and beverage locations, including Marlin Bars and full-
service  restaurants,  generally  adjacent  to  a  Tommy  Bahama  full-price  retail  store.  These  food  and  beverage  locations
provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience as well as attract new
customers to the Tommy Bahama brand. Both Tommy Bahama and Johnny Was operate brand-specific outlet stores, which
are typically utilized for end of season inventory clearance.
The  remaining  20%  of  our  net  sales  were  generated  through  our  wholesale  distribution  channels,  which
complement our direct to consumer operations, provide access to a larger base of consumers and generate high operating
margins given the lower fixed costs associated with these operations. Our wholesale operations consist of sales of products
bearing  the  trademarks  of  our  lifestyle  brands  to  various  specialty  stores,  better  department  stores,  multi-branded  e-
commerce retailers and other retailers.
At the same time, as we seek to maintain the integrity and continued success of our lifestyle brands by limiting
promotional activity in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites, we intend to maintain controlled distribution
with  careful  selection  of  the  retailers  through  which  we  sell  our  products  and  generally  target  wholesale  customers  that
follow a limited promotions approach. We continue to value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers
and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of our lifestyle brands within their stores.
Competitive Environment
We operate in a highly competitive apparel market that continues to evolve rapidly with the expanding application
of technology to fashion retail. The application of technology, including the internet and mobile devices, to fashion retail
provides  consumers  increasing  access  to  multiple,  responsive  distribution  platforms  and  an  unprecedented  ability  to
communicate  directly  with  brands  and  retailers  and  capabilities  by  some  competitors  to  offer  same-day  or  next-day
delivery  of  products  to  online  consumers.  As  a  result,  consumers  have  more  information  and  greater  control  over
information they receive as well as broader, faster and cheaper access to goods than ever before. This is revolutionizing the
way that consumers shop for fashion and other goods, which continues to be evidenced by weakness and store closures for
certain  department  stores  and  mall-based  retailers,  uncertain  consumer  retail  traffic  patterns,  a  more  promotional  retail
environment, expansion of off-price and discount retailers, and a shift from bricks and mortar to internet purchasing.  
This competitive and evolving environment requires that brands and retailers approach their operations, including
marketing  and  advertising,  very  differently  than  they  have  historically  and  may  result  in  increased  operating  costs  and
investments  to  generate  growth  or  even  maintain  existing  sales  levels.  While  the  competition  and  evolution  present
significant risks, especially for traditional retailers who fail or are unable to adapt, we believe it also presents a tremendous
opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment. 
No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and our competitors vary
by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent on the overall level and
focus  of  discretionary  consumer  spending,  which  changes  as  consumer  preferences  and  regional,  domestic  and
international economic conditions change. Also, in recent years consumers have chosen to spend less of their discretionary
spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending more on services and other product categories.
Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on
other  industries  due,  in  part,  to  apparel  purchases  often  being  more  of  a  discretionary  purchase.  The  current
macroenvironment, with heightened concerns about continued inflation, a global economic recession, geopolitical issues,
the availability and cost of credit and elevated interest rates for prolonged periods, is creating a complex and challenging
retail environment, which may impact our businesses and exacerbate some of the inherent challenges to our operations.
8
Table of Contents
There remains significant uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, and the impact of these and other factors could
have a major effect on our businesses.
Investments and Opportunities
The evolution in the fashion retail industry presents significant risks, especially for traditional retailers and others
who  fail  or  are  unable  to  adapt,  but  we  believe  it  also  presents  a  tremendous  opportunity  for  brands  and  retailers  to
capitalize on the changing consumer environment. We believe our lifestyle brands have true competitive advantages in this
new retailing paradigm, and we continue to invest in and leverage technology to serve our consumers when and where they
want  to  be  served.  We  continue  to  believe  that  our  lifestyle  brands,  with  their  strong  emotional  connections  with
consumers,  are  well  suited  to  succeed  and  thrive  in  the  long  term  while  managing  the  various  challenges  facing  our
industry.  Further,  each  of  our  brands  aims  to  further  enhance  its  customer-focused,  dynamic,  thriving,  digitally-driven,
mobile-centered,  cross-channel  personalized  and  seamless  shopping  experience  that  recognizes  and  serves  customers  in
their brand discovery and purchasing habits of the future.
We  believe  there  are  ample  opportunities  to  expand  the  reach  of  each  of  our  lifestyle  brands  in  the  future,
including  the  opening  of  new  direct  to  consumer  locations,  e-commerce  growth  and  wholesale  operations  expansion.  In
order to expand the reach and maximize the success of each of our brands, we believe we must continue to invest in the
lifestyle  brands  to  take  advantage  of  their  long-term  growth  opportunities.  We  expect  Fiscal  2024  will  be  a  particularly
heavy year for investment in capital expenditures and expect such investments to primarily be associated with a multi-year
project  to  build  a  new  distribution  center  in  the  Southeastern  United  States  to  ensure  best-in-class  direct-to-consumer
throughput  capabilities  for  our  brands,  direct  to  consumer  location  build-outs  for  new,  relocated  or  remodeled  locations,
technology and related enhancements to support our direct to consumer operations and administrative office expenditures.
In addition to our capital investments, we will continue to invest in our SG&A expense infrastructure, including people,
technology, advertising and other resources. While we believe that our investments will generate long-term benefits, the
investments  are  likely  to  have  a  short-term  negative  impact  on  our  operating  margin  as  it  will  take  some  time  for  the
anticipated sales growth to absorb the incremental costs of these expenditures.
While  we  believe  we  have  significant  opportunities  to  appropriately  deploy  our  capital  and  resources  in  our
existing lifestyle brands, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to add additional lifestyle brands, both large and small,
to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets that meet our investment criteria and/or take strategic measures to return
capital to our shareholders as and when circumstances merit.
Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could
impact our business are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.
Operating Groups
We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for
purposes  of  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance.  Our  operating  group  structure  reflects  a  brand-focused
management  approach,  emphasizing  operational  coordination  and  resource  allocation  across  each  brand’s  direct  to
consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable. Subsequent to our acquisition of Johnny Was, our business is
organized as our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was and Emerging Brands operating groups. Operating results for
periods  prior  to  Fiscal  2022  also  include  the  Lanier  Apparel  operating  group,  which  we  exited  in  Fiscal  2021.  For
additional information about each of our reportable operating groups as well as Corporate and Other, see Part II, Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 2 of our consolidated
financial statements, each included in this report. The table below presents certain financial information about each of our
operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other (in thousands).
9
Table of Contents
Net Sales
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands
Lanier Apparel (2)
Corporate and Other
Consolidated net sales
Operating Income (Loss)
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands (3)
Lanier Apparel (2)
Corporate and Other (4)
Consolidated Operating Income
     Fiscal 2023      Fiscal 2022      Fiscal 2021
$  898,807
 343,499
 202,859
 126,825
$  880,233
 339,266
 72,591
 116,484
 —  
 —  
 (515)
$ 1,571,475
 2,954
$  1,411,528
$  160,543
 56,110
 (104,776)
 6,714
$  172,761
 67,098
 (1,544)
 15,602
 —  
 —  
 (37,609)
 80,982
 (35,143)
$  218,774
$
$  724,305
 298,995
 —
 90,053
 24,858
 3,868
   1,142,079
$  111,733
 63,601
 —
 16,649
 4,888
 (31,368)
 165,503
(1) The  Johnny  Was  business  was  acquired  on  September  19,  2022.  Activities  for  Fiscal  2022  consist  of  19  weeks  of
activity from the acquisition date through January 28, 2023. The operating loss for Johnny Was in Fiscal 2023 resulted
from a $111 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets.
(2)
In Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel business, which had been focused on moderately priced tailored clothing
and  related  products.  The  Lanier  Apparel  exit  is  discussed  in  more  detail  in  Note  12  of  our  consolidated  financial
statements included in this report.
(3) The  operating  income  for  Emerging  Brands  in  Fiscal  2023  included  a  $2  million  impairment  charge  related  to  an
unconsolidated entity.
(4) The operating loss for Corporate and Other includes a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) accounting charge of $10 million, $3
million and $16 million in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. The operating loss for Corporate and
Other in Fiscal 2022 also included $3 million of transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny
Was acquisition. Fiscal 2021 also included a gain on sale of an unconsolidated entity of $12 million.
Tommy Bahama
Tommy  Bahama  designs,  sources,  markets  and  distributes  men’s  and  women’s  sportswear  and  related  products.
Tommy Bahama’s typical consumer is older than 45 years old, has a household annual income in excess of $100,000, lives
in  or  travels  to  warm  weather  and  resort  locations  and  embraces  a  relaxed  and  casual  approach  to  daily  living.  Tommy
Bahama  products  can  be  found  in  our  Tommy  Bahama  stores  and  on  our  Tommy  Bahama  e-commerce  website,
tommybahama.com,  as  well  as  at  better  department  stores,  independent  specialty  stores  and  multi-branded  e-commerce
retailers. We also operate Tommy Bahama food and beverage locations and license the Tommy Bahama name for various
product categories. During Fiscal 2023, 96% of Tommy Bahama’s sales were in the United States, with the remaining sales
in Australia and Canada.
In Fiscal 2023, we increased Tommy Bahama’s sales by 2% to $899 million from $880 million in Fiscal 2022.
Operating income decreased by 7% to $161 million, or 17.9% of sales, compared to $173 million, or 19.6% of sales, in
Fiscal 2022, resulting primarily from our SG&A investments during Fiscal 2023. The operating income achieved in Fiscal
2023 and Fiscal 2022 is considerably higher than the 7.9% operating margin on $677 million of net sales generated in the
last pre-pandemic year of Fiscal 2019. The significant improvement in operating margin reflects the results of important
initiatives  for  us  in  recent  years  to  increase  the  profitability  of  the  Tommy  Bahama  operating  group.  Maintaining  the
significantly higher post-pandemic operating margin levels continues to be a focus area for the long-term prospects of the
Tommy Bahama business.
10
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Tommy Bahama strategy is to operate retail stores, e-commerce websites and food and
beverage  concepts,  which  we  believe  permits  us  to  develop  and  build  brand  awareness  by  presenting  our  products  in  a
setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama
direct  to  consumer  channels,  which  consist  of  full-price  retail  store,  e-commerce,  food  and  beverage  and  outlet  store
operations,  in  the  aggregate,  represented  83%  of  Tommy  Bahama’s  net  sales  in  Fiscal  2023.  Full-price  retail  store,  e-
commerce, food and beverage and outlet store net sales accounted for 37%, 25%, 13% and 8%, respectively, of Tommy
Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2023.
Our Tommy Bahama e-commerce business, which generated $224 million of net sales in Fiscal 2023, has grown
significantly over the last few years, including a 5% increase in net sales compared to Fiscal 2022. Our Tommy Bahama
websites, including the tommybahama.com website, allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via
the internet. These websites also enable us to increase our database of consumer contacts, which allows us to communicate
directly  and  frequently  with  consenting  consumers.  As  we  reach  more  customers  in  the  future,  we  anticipate  that  our  e-
commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our retail store or wholesale
operations.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand also includes locating and operating full-price retail
stores in lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations, brand-appropriate street locations and upscale malls. Generally, we
seek  to  locate  our  full-price  retail  stores  in  shopping  areas  and  malls  that  have  high-profile  or  upscale  consumer  brand
adjacencies.  As  of  February  3,  2024,  the  majority  of  our  Tommy  Bahama  full-price  retail  stores  were  in  street-front
locations or lifestyle centers with the remainder primarily in regional indoor malls, with a number of those regional indoor
locations  in  resort  travel  destinations.  We  believe  that  we  have  opportunities  for  continued  sales  growth  for  Tommy
Bahama,  particularly  in  our  women’s  business,  which  represented  36%  and  34%  of  sales  in  our  direct  to  consumer
operations in Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, respectively, with women’s swim representing about one-third of the women’s
business. For Tommy Bahama’s domestic full-price retail stores and retail-food and beverage locations operating for the
full Fiscal 2023 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding food and beverage sales and food and beverage space, were
approximately $815, compared to approximately $790 in Fiscal 2022.
As of February 3, 2024, we operated 22 Tommy Bahama food and beverage locations including 13 restaurants and
nine  Marlin  Bar  locations,  generally  adjacent  to  a  Tommy  Bahama  full-price  retail  store  location.  These  retail-food  and
beverage  locations,  which  generated  over  25%  of  Tommy  Bahama’s  net  sales  in  Fiscal  2023,  provide  us  with  the
opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that the majority of our
full-price retail locations will have an adjacent food and beverage location; however, we have determined that an adjacent
food  and  beverage  location  can  further  enhance  the  image  or  exposure  of  the  brand  in  select,  high-profile,  brand
appropriate locations. The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores that are adjacent to a food and
beverage  location  have  historically  been  approximately  twice  the  sales  per  square  foot  of  our  other  domestic  full-price
retail stores. We believe that the customer immersing themselves into the Tommy Bahama lifestyle by having a meal or a
drink  at  the  Tommy  Bahama  food  and  beverage  location  and  visiting  the  adjacent  full-price  retail  store  may  entice  the
customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience
that  further  enhances  the  relationship  between  Tommy  Bahama  and  the  consumer.  The  Marlin  Bar  concept,  like  our
traditional restaurant locations, is adjacent to one of our full-price retail store locations and serves food and beverages, but
in a smaller space and with food options more focused on fast, yet upscale, casual dining, with small plate offerings rather
than entrees. We believe that the smaller footprint, reduced labor requirements and lower required capital expenditure of
the Marlin Bar concept provides us with the long-term potential for opening additional retail-food and beverage locations
that are more in line with evolving customer trends toward fast casual dining, particularly with younger consumers.
Typically,  at  the  end  of  the  summer  and  holiday  season,  Tommy  Bahama  will  conduct  sales  both  in-store  and
online  to  move  end  of  season  product.  Utilizing  Tommy  Bahama’s  Enterprise  Order  Management  (EOM)  system,  many
online orders will be fulfilled from retail stores, greatly reducing the amount of goods that ultimately get transferred from
full-price  retail  stores  to  outlet  stores.  Tommy  Bahama  utilizes  its  outlet  stores,  which  generated  8%  of  total  Tommy
Bahama sales in Fiscal 2023, and sales to off-price retailers to sell the remaining end of season or excess inventory. Our
Tommy Bahama outlet stores are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include other upscale retailers and serve
11
Table of Contents
an important role in overall inventory management by often allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at
better  prices  than  are  otherwise  available  from  outside  parties.  We  believe  that  this  approach  has  helped  us  protect  the
integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity while controlling
the  distribution  of  discontinued  and  out-of-season  product.  To  supplement  the  clearance  items  sold  in  Tommy  Bahama
outlets and offer a more comprehensive selection of products and sizes, we merchandise our Tommy Bahama outlets with
certain made-for products. Currently, we operate one outlet store for approximately every four full-price retail stores.
The  table  below  provides  certain  information  regarding  Tommy  Bahama  direct  to  consumer  locations  as  of
February 3, 2024.
Florida
California
Texas
Hawaii
Other states
Total domestic
Canada
Total North America
Australia
Total
Average square feet per store (2)
Total square feet at year end (2)
Full-Price
Retail Stores
     Retail‑Food & Beverage    
Locations (1)
Outlet Stores
Total
 16  
 15  
 6  
 5  
 41  
 83  
 6  
 89  
 13  
 102  
 3,300  
 340,000  
 10  
 4  
 2  
 3  
 3  
 22  
 —  
 22  
 —  
 22  
 4,300  
 94,000  
 5  
 4  
 4  
 1  
 14  
 28  
 2  
 30  
 4  
 34  
 4,400  
 149,000  
 31
 23
 12
 9
 58
 133
 8
 141
 17
 158
(1) Consists of 13 traditional format retail-restaurant locations and nine Marlin Bar locations.
(2) Square feet for retail-food and beverage locations consists of retail square footage and excludes square feet used in the
associated food and beverage operations.
During Fiscal 2023, Florida, California, Hawaii and Texas represented 34%, 16%, 12% and 8%, respectively, of
our  Tommy  Bahama  direct  to  consumer  retail  and  retail-food  and  beverage  location  sales.  Including  e-commerce  sales,
during Fiscal 2023, Florida, California, Hawaii and Texas represented 28%, 15%, 9% and 8%, respectively, of total Tommy
Bahama direct to consumer sales.
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama locations during Fiscal 2023.
Full-Price
Retail Stores
     Retail‑Food & Beverage    
Locations
Outlet Stores
Open as of beginning of fiscal year
Opened
Closed
Open as of end of fiscal year
 103  
 7  
 (8) 
 102  
 21  
 2  
 (1) 
 22  
 33  
 3  
 (2) 
 34  
Total
 157
 12
 (11)
 158
In future periods, we anticipate that many of our new Tommy Bahama store openings will be Marlin Bar locations
that are either new locations or conversions of existing full-price retail stores. Currently, we have five Marlin Bar openings
scheduled for Fiscal 2024, including the conversion of Tommy Bahama full-price retail locations in San Antonio, Texas,
Charlotte, North Carolina and King of Prussia, Pennsylvania as well as new locations in Sarasota, Florida and Oklahoma
City,  Oklahoma.  We  also  have  other  locations  in  the  pipeline  for  openings  in  Fiscal  2025  and  beyond  and  anticipate
opening  at  least  three  Marlin  Bar  locations  in  Fiscal  2025,  subject  to  lease  negotiation,  construction  timing  and  other
factors. We continue to look for other appropriate locations for full-price retail stores and Marlin Bars.  In addition to the
planned  Marlin  Bars  in  Fiscal  2024,  we  are  also  targeting  three  new  full-price  locations  and  three  full-price  retail  store
relocations. We believe that in Fiscal 2024, we may close a limited number of locations, including certain outlets and full-
price retail locations.
12
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
The  construction  and/or  relocation  of  retail  stores  requires  a  greater  amount  of  initial  capital  investment  than
wholesale  operations,  as  well  as  greater  operating  costs.  In  addition  to  new  store  openings,  we  also  incur  capital
expenditure  costs  related  to  remodels  or  expansions  of  existing  stores,  particularly  when  we  renew  or  extend  a  lease
beyond  the  original  lease  term,  or  otherwise  determine  that  a  remodel  of  a  store  is  appropriate.  The  cost  of  a  Tommy
Bahama Marlin Bar is significantly more than the cost of a full-price retail store and can vary significantly depending on a
variety of factors. The cost to build out a Marlin Bar location averages $4 million and future locations may be more or less
expensive  than  that  amount.  For  most  of  our  full-price  retail  stores  and  our  Marlin  Bar  locations,  the  landlord  often
provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we maintain a
wholesale business for Tommy Bahama. Tommy Bahama’s wholesale customers include better department stores, specialty
stores  and  multi-brand  e-commerce  retailers  that  generally  follow  a  retail  model  approach  with  limited  discounting.  We
value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance
the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores.
With  its  wide  distribution  currently,  we  believe  that  domestic  sales  growth  in  our  men’s  apparel  wholesale
business may be somewhat limited in the long term. However, we believe that we may have opportunities for wholesale
sales increases for our Tommy Bahama women’s business in the future, with its appeal evidenced by its performance in our
full-price  retail  stores  and  e-commerce  websites.  Wholesale  sales  for  Tommy  Bahama  accounted  for  17%  of  Tommy
Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2023. Approximately 10% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales reflects sales to major department
stores with our remaining wholesale sales primarily to specialty stores. During Fiscal 2023, 12% of Tommy Bahama’s net
sales  were  to  Tommy  Bahama’s  10  largest  wholesale  customers,  with  its  largest  customer  representing  less  than  5%  of
Tommy Bahama’s net sales.
Tommy Bahama Resort
In Fiscal 2022, Tommy Bahama entered into a licensing arrangement for the first Tommy Bahama resort. Pursuant
to  the  licensing  agreement,  the  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa  in  Indian  Wells,  California  was  converted  into  the  Tommy
Bahama  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa  with  a  successful  relaunch  in  the  Third  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2023.  Tommy  Bahama  will
earn  royalty  income  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  associated  with  the  resort.  The  property  is  managed  and
operated  by  a  national  commercial  and  hospitality  real  estate  company  with  considerable  experience  in  premier  resort
development and operations.
Lilly Pulitzer
Lilly  Pulitzer  designs,  sources,  markets  and  distributes  upscale  collections  of  women’s  and  girl’s  dresses,
sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950s by Lilly Pulitzer and is an
affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among
women’s  brands  in  that  it  has  demonstrated  multi-generational  appeal,  including  among  young  women  in  college  or
recently  graduated  from  college;  young  mothers  with  their  daughters;  and  women  who  are  not  tied  to  the  academic
calendar. The brand’s 65th anniversary in Fiscal 2024 sets the stage for continued investment in brand enhancement that is
the  culmination  of  a  multi-year  initiative  of  modernizing  the  brand.  Enhancements  in  Fiscal  2024  will  include  a  visual
refresh of the brand across retail store locations, marketing, packaging, and merchandising.
Lilly Pulitzer products can be found on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, in our owned Lilly Pulitzer
stores,  and  in  Lilly  Pulitzer  Signature  Stores,  which  are  described  below,  as  well  as  in  independent  specialty  stores  and
better department stores. During Fiscal 2023, 38%, 35% and 14% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales were for women’s dresses,
sportswear, and Luxletic athleisure products, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories,
including scarves, bags, jewelry and belts, children’s apparel, swim, footwear and licensed products.
13
Table of Contents
Direct to Consumer Operations
Lilly Pulitzer’s direct to consumer distribution channel, which consists of e-commerce operations and full-price
retail stores, represented 84% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2023. A key element of our Lilly Pulitzer strategy is the
lillypulitzer.com website, which generated $175 million, or 51%, of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2023. Another key
component of our Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer strategy is to operate our own Lilly Pulitzer stores, which represented
33% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2023.
The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced double-digit percentage growth for many years, and we
anticipate  that  the  net  sales  growth  of  the  e-commerce  business  will  remain  strong  in  the  future.  We  utilize  the  Lilly
Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory in a brand appropriate manner
and at gross margins in excess of 40% via e-commerce flash clearance sales. These sales create a significant amount of
excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a
discounted price and are also important in attracting new consumers to the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These e-commerce flash
clearance  sales  typically  run  for  two  to  three  days  during  end  of  season  clearance  periods  allowing  the  Lilly  Pulitzer
website  to  generally  remain  full  price  for  the  remainder  of  the  year.  During  Fiscal  2023,  35%  of  Lilly  Pulitzer’s  e-
commerce sales, or 18% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales, were e-commerce flash clearance sales.
Our full-price retail store strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-
end lifestyle shopping centers and malls, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of February 3, 2024,
about 40% of our Lilly Pulitzer full-price stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and approximately one-
quarter of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls, with the remaining locations in resort or street
locations. In certain seasonal locations such as Nantucket, Massachusetts and Watch Hill, Rhode Island, our stores are only
open during the resort season. Additionally, we may open temporary pop-up stores in certain locations.
Lilly Pulitzer’s full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2023 were approximately $737 for the
full-price  retail  stores  which  were  open  the  full  Fiscal  2023  year,  as  compared  to  $765  in  Fiscal  2022.  The  table  below
provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer locations as of February 3, 2024.
Florida
Massachusetts
Virginia
North Carolina
Other
Total
Average square feet per store
Total square feet at year-end
14
Full-Price
Retail Stores
 21
 6
 5
 5
 23
 60
 2,500
 152,000
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
During Fiscal 2023, 51% of Lilly Pulitzer’s full-price retail store sales were in stores located in Florida with no
other  state  generating  more  than  10%  of  full-price  retail  store  sales.  Including  e-commerce  sales,  during  Fiscal  2023,
Florida represented 34% of total Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer sales.
The table below reflects the changes in direct to consumer location count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal
2023.
Open as of beginning of fiscal year
Opened
Closed
Open as of end of fiscal year
Full-Price
Retail Stores
 59
 4
 (3)
 60
Currently,  we  expect  to  open  at  least  five  new  full-price  retail  stores  in  Fiscal  2024,  with  the  anticipated  new
stores  in  Florida,  Rhode  Island,  Massachusetts,  Georgia  and  Arizona.  We  are  in  the  process  of  identifying  sites  or
negotiating leases for additional locations. We continue to look for other appropriate locations and anticipate returning to a
pace of opening as many as five to six locations per year in the future. At the same time, we may relocate or close a limited
number  of  locations  at  lease  expiration,  or  sooner  based  on  store  performance.  The  construction  or  relocation  of  retail
stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater operating costs.
In  addition  to  new  store  openings,  we  also  incur  capital  expenditure  costs  related  to  remodels  or  expansions  of  existing
stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel
of a store is appropriate.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we maintain
wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer. These wholesale operations, which represented 16% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in
Fiscal 2023, are primarily with Signature Stores, independent specialty stores, better department stores and multi-branded
e-commerce  retailers  that  generally  follow  a  retail  model  approach  with  limited  discounting.  During  Fiscal  2023,
approximately one-quarter of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales were to Lilly Pulitzer’s Signature Stores, approximately one-
fifth of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales were to specialty stores and less than one-fifth of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales, or
less than 5% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales, were to department stores. The remaining wholesale sales were primarily to off-
price  retailers  and  national  accounts,  including  on-line  retailers.  Lilly  Pulitzer’s  net  sales  to  its  10  largest  wholesale
customers represented 9% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2023 with its largest customer representing less than 5% of
Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales.
An important part of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter
into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer
Signature  Store,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  designating  substantially  all  floor  space  specifically  for  Lilly
Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature
Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 3, 2024, there
were 46 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.
Johnny Was
In the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2022, we acquired the Johnny Was California lifestyle brand and related operations,
which  includes  the  design,  sourcing,  marketing  and  distribution  of  collections  of  affordable  luxury,  artisan-inspired
bohemian apparel, accessories and home goods. The Johnny Was brand was founded in 1987 and continues to transcend
fashion trends with its beautifully crafted, globally inspired products and demonstrates a unique ability to combine and mix
elevated fabrics, patterns, bespoke prints and artisanal embroidery that distinguishes its product in the marketplace. Johnny
Was products can be found on the Johnny Was website, johnnywas.com, and in our full-price retail stores as well as select
department stores and specialty stores. During Fiscal 2023, approximately 90% of the net sales of Johnny Was were for
women’s apparel, with the remaining sales consisting of Johnny Was accessories, including home products, shoes, scarves,
handbags, and jewelry.
15
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Direct to Consumer Operations
The  Johnny  Was  direct  to  consumer  distribution  channel,  which  consists  of  e-commerce  operations  and  the
Johnny Was retail stores, represented 79% of the Johnny Was net sales in Fiscal 2023. A key element of the Johnny Was
strategy is the johnnywas.com website, which generated $84 million of net sales, or 41% of the net sales of Johnny Was, in
Fiscal  2023.  Another  key  component  of  our  Johnny  Was  direct  to  consumer  strategy  is  to  operate  our  own  Johnny  Was
stores, which represented 38% of the net sales of Johnny Was in Fiscal 2023.
Our full-price retail store strategy for the Johnny Was brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-
end lifestyle shopping centers and malls, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of February 3, 2024,
about 75% of the Johnny Was full-price stores were located in lifestyle centers, open air shopping environments or street
front locations with the remaining 25% of locations in indoor regional malls. Full-price retail store sales per gross square
foot for Johnny Was for Fiscal 2023 were approximately $664. Full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Johnny
Was were approximately $740 for the full-price retail stores which were open the full 12 months ended January 28, 2023.
Our Johnny Was outlet stores are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include other upscale retailers
and serve an important role in overall inventory management by often allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season
products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties.
The table below provides certain information regarding Johnny Was direct to consumer locations as of February 3,
2024.
California
Florida
Texas
New York
Other states
Total
Average square feet per store
Total square feet at year end
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet Stores
Total
 17  
 8  
 8  
 4  
 35  
 72  
 1,600  
 117,000  
 2  
 1  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 3  
 1,400  
 4,200  
 19
 9
 8
 4
 35
 75
During  Fiscal  2023,  28%,  14%  and  13%  of  the  retail  store  sales  of  Johnny  Was  were  in  stores  located  in
California, Texas and Florida, respectively. During Fiscal 2023, including e-commerce sales, California, Texas, and Florida
represented 23%, 14% and 11%, respectively, of our total Johnny Was direct to consumer sales.
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Johnny Was during Fiscal 2023.
Open as of beginning of fiscal year
Opened  
Closed
Open as of end of fiscal year
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet Stores
Total
 65  
 10
 (3) 
 72  
 2  
 1
 —  
 3  
 67
 11
 (3)
 75
Currently, we expect to open approximately 10 new full-price retail stores in Fiscal 2024. During Fiscal 2024, we
anticipate  opening  full-price  retail  stores  across  the  country  including  stores  in  California,  Florida,  Idaho,  Missouri,
Massachusetts and New York. We believe that in Fiscal 2024, we may relocate or close a limited number of locations at
lease  expiration,  or  sooner  based  on  store  performance.  The  construction  or  relocation  of  retail  stores  requires  a  greater
amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. The cost to build
out a Johnny Was retail store is typically less than $0.5 million. In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital
expenditure  costs  related  to  remodels  or  expansions  of  existing  stores,  particularly  when  we  renew  or  extend  a  lease
beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate.
16
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we maintain
wholesale  operations  for  Johnny  Was.  These  wholesale  operations  are  primarily  with  better  independent  specialty  and
department  stores  and  multi-branded  e-commerce  retailers  that  generally  follow  a  retail  model  approach  with  limited
discounting. During Fiscal 2023, 21% of the net sales of Johnny Was were sales to wholesale customers and approximately
40%  and  35%  of  the  wholesale  sales  of  Johnny  Was  were  to  specialty  stores  and  department  stores,  respectively.  The
remaining wholesale sales were primarily to off-price retailers and retailers in countries outside of the United States. Net
sales to the 10 largest wholesale customers of Johnny Was represented 10% of the net sales of Johnny Was during Fiscal
2023 with its largest customer representing less than 5% of Johnny Was’ net sales.
Emerging Brands
Emerging  Brands,  which  was  organized  in  Fiscal  2022,  consists  of  the  operations  of  our  smaller,  earlier  stage
Southern Tide, TBBC, Duck Head and Jack Rogers brands. Investments in smaller lifestyle brands that are unconsolidated
entities are included within Emerging Brands. Each of the brands included in Emerging Brands designs, sources, markets
and  distributes  apparel  and  related  products  bearing  its  respective  trademarks  and  is  supported  by  Oxford’s  emerging
brands team that provides certain support functions to the smaller brands, including marketing and advertising execution,
analysis  and  other  functions.  The  shared  resources  provide  for  operating  efficiencies  and  enhanced  knowledge  sharing
across the brands. We acquired Southern Tide in 2016, Duck Head in 2016, TBBC in 2017 and Jack Rogers, a footwear
brand, in 2023.
The table below reflects the net sales (in thousands) for Fiscal 2023 by brand for each brand included in Emerging
Brands.
Southern Tide
TBBC
Duck Head
Jack Rogers (1)
Total Emerging Brands net sales
$
$
 Fiscal 2023
 69,017
 43,524
 12,780
 1,504
 126,825
(1) The Jack Rogers business was acquired during the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023 and reflects activity from the
acquisition date through February 3, 2024.
their  products  on 
The  brands  distribute 
their  brand-specific  e-commerce  websites,  southerntide.com,
thebeaufortbonnetcompany.com,  duckhead.com  and  jackrogersusa.com,  as  well  as  wholesale  channels  of  distribution  for
each brand that may include independent specialty retailers, better department stores and brand specific Signature Stores.
During Fiscal 2023, the majority of the net sales of both Southern Tide and Duck Head were wholesale sales, while the
majority of TBBC and Jack Rogers sales were direct to consumer sales.
Also, a key component of our Southern Tide and TBBC growth strategy is to expand our direct to consumer retail
store operations after both brands opened their first retail store locations in recent years. The table below provides certain
information regarding the Emerging Brands direct to consumer locations as of February 3, 2024.
17
 
Table of Contents
Florida
South Carolina
Massachusetts
North Carolina
Other states
Total
Average square feet per store
Total square feet at year end
Southern Tide
TBBC
 9  
 3  
 3
 2  
 2  
 19  
 1,600  
 30,000  
 2  
 1  
 —
 —  
 —  
 3  
 1,400  
 4,200  
Total Emerging Brands
 11
 4
 —
 2
 2
 22
The table below reflects the changes in direct to consumer location count for Emerging Brands during Fiscal
2023.
Open as of beginning of fiscal year
Opened / Acquired
Closed
Open as of end of fiscal year
Southern Tide
TBBC
 6  
 13  
 —  
 19  
 3  
 —  
 —  
 3  
Total Emerging Brands
 9
 13
 —
 22
We opened a total of 13 new Southern Tide stores during Fiscal 2023, including the acquisition of three former
Southern Tide signature stores located in Massachusetts during the First Quarter of Fiscal 2023 and three additional former
signature  stores  in  the  Fourth  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2023,  two  of  which  are  in  South  Carolina  and  one  in  Georgia.  We  also
opened a total of seven stores in Florida, South Carolina, North Carolina and Texas. During Fiscal 2024, we expect to open
approximately  10  additional  Southern  Tide  stores,  with  stores  in  Florida,  Texas,  Alabama,  Virginia  and  New  York.
Additionally, for TBBC, we anticipate opening at least one new store during Fiscal 2024. We continue to look at additional
opportunities for new full-price store locations for both Southern Tide and TBBC. The operation of full-price retail stores
requires  a  greater  amount  of  initial  capital  investment  than  wholesale  operations,  as  well  as  greater  ongoing  operating
costs.  We  anticipate  that  most  future  retail  store  openings  for  Southern  Tide  and  TBBC  will  generally  be  approximately
1,500  to  2,000  square  feet;  however,  the  determination  of  actual  size  of  the  store  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  criteria,
including the potential opportunities that become available.
Lanier Apparel
In  Fiscal  2021,  we  exited  our  Lanier  Apparel  business,  which  had  been  focused  on  moderately  priced  tailored
clothing  and  related  products.  This  decision  aligns  with  our  stated  business  strategy  of  developing  and  marketing
compelling  lifestyle  brands.  It  also  took  into  consideration  the  increased  macroeconomic  challenges  faced  by  the  Lanier
Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic. The operating results of the Lanier Apparel
business  in  Fiscal  2021  largely  consisted  of  activities  associated  with  the  wind  down  of  operations  following  our  Fiscal
2020 decision to exit the business. Refer to Note 12 and Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements included in this
report for additional information about the Lanier Apparel exit and Fiscal 2021 operating results.
Corporate and Other
Corporate  and  Other  is  a  reconciling  category  for  reporting  purposes  and  includes  our  corporate  offices,
substantially  all  financing  activities,  the  elimination  of  inter-segment  sales,  any  other  items  that  are  not  allocated  to  the
operating groups, including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments as our LIFO pool does not correspond to our operating
group definitions, the operations of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center, our Oxford America business, which generated
net sales of $1 million and was exited in Fiscal 2022, and our initial $8 million minority ownership interest in a property in
Indian Wells, California that was converted and rebranded in Fiscal 2023 as the Tommy Bahama Miramonte Resort & Spa.
18
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
TRADEMARKS
We own trademarks, many of which are very important and valuable to our business, including Tommy Bahama®,
Lilly  Pulitzer®,  Johnny  Was®,  Southern  Tide®,  The  Beaufort  Bonnet  Company®,  Duck  Head®  and  Jack  Rogers®.
Generally, our trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on apparel and,
in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories and home furnishings, as well as in connection with retail services. We
continue  to  evaluate  our  worldwide  usage  and  registration  of  our  trademarks.  In  general,  trademarks  remain  valid  and
enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and
the required registration renewals are filed. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but
are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
ADVERTISING AND MARKETING
During  Fiscal  2023,  we  incurred  $105  million,  or  7%  of  net  sales,  of  advertising  expense.  Advertising  and
marketing  are  an  integral  part  of  the  long-term  strategy  for  our  lifestyle  brands,  and  we  therefore  devote  significant
resources to these efforts. Thus, we believe that it is very important that our brands communicate regularly with consumers
about  product  offerings  or  other  brand  events  in  order  to  maintain  and  strengthen  connections  with  consumers.  Our
advertising  emphasizes  the  respective  brand’s  image  and  lifestyle  and  attempts  to  engage  individuals  within  the  target
consumer  demographic  and  guide  them  on  a  regular  basis  to  our  e-commerce  websites,  direct  to  consumer  locations  or
wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products.
We  increasingly  utilize  digital  marketing,  social  media  and  email,  and  continue  to  use  traditional  direct  mail
communications, to interact with our consumers. We vary our engagement tactics to elevate the consumer experience as we
attract  new  consumers,  drive  conversion,  build  loyalty,  activate  consumer  advocacy  and  address  the  transformation  of
consumer  shopping  behaviors.  Our  creative  marketing  teams  design  and  produce  imagery  and  content,  social  media
strategies  and  email  and  print  campaigns  designed  to  inspire  the  consumer  and  drive  traffic  to  the  brand.  We  attempt  to
increase our brand awareness through a strategic emphasis on technology and the elevation of our digital presence which
encompasses e-commerce, mobile e-commerce, digital media, social media and influencer marketing. In this environment
where  many  people  are  digital-first  consumers,  we  continue  to  enhance  our  approach  to  digital  marketing  and  invest  in
analytical capabilities to promote a more personalized experience across our distribution channels. At the same time, we
continue  to  innovate  to  better  meet  consumer  online  shopping  preferences  (e.g.  loyalty,  ratings  and  reviews  and  mobile
phone  applications)  and  build  brand  equity.  The  ongoing  trend  towards  a  digital  first  consumer  provided  a  catalyst  for
accelerating the implementation of new direct to consumer business models and consumer engagement programs, such as
selling through social media.
Marketing initiatives in our direct to consumer operations may include special event promotions, including loyalty
award card, Flip Side, Friends & Family and gift with purchase events and a variety of public relations activities designed
to  create  awareness  of  our  brands  and  products,  drive  traffic  to  our  websites  and  stores,  convert  new  consumers  and
increase demand and loyalty. Our various initiatives are effective in increasing online and in-store traffic resulting in the
proportion  of  our  sales  that  occur  during  our  promotional  marketing  initiatives,  such  as  Tommy  Bahama’s  Friends  &
Family events, increasing in recent years, which puts some downward pressure on our direct to consumer gross margins.
Our  marketing  may  also  include  sponsorships,  collaborations,  and  co-branding  initiatives,  which  may  be  for  a
particular cause or non-profit organization that is expected to resonate with target consumers. For certain of our wholesale
customers,  we  may  also  provide  point-of-sale  materials  and  signage  to  enhance  the  presentation  of  our  products  at  their
retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
PRODUCT DESIGN
We  believe  that  one  of  the  key  competitive  factors  in  the  apparel  industry  is  the  design  of  differentiated,
innovative or otherwise compelling product that resonates with our target consumers. Our ability to compete successfully
in  the  apparel  industry  is  dependent  on  our  proficiency  in  foreseeing  changes  and  trends  in  fashion  and  consumer
preference  and  presenting  appealing  products  for  consumers.  Our  design-led,  commercially  informed  lifestyle  brand
operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.
19
Table of Contents
Each of our lifestyle brands’ products are designed and developed by dedicated brand-specific teams who focus
on the target consumer for the respective brand. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales
agents,  along  with  market  trend  research.  Our  apparel  products  generally  incorporate  fabrics  made  of  cotton,  silk,  linen,
polyester, cellulosic fibers, leather and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
PRODUCT SOURCING
We  intend  to  maintain  flexible,  diversified,  cost-effective  sourcing  operations  that  provide  high-quality  apparel
and related products. Our operating groups, either internally, using in-house employees located in the United States and/or
Hong  Kong,  or  through  the  use  of  third-party  vendors  or  buying  agents,  manage  the  production  and  sourcing  of
substantially all of our apparel and related products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries.
Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers of apparel and related products and
have used many of our suppliers for a number of years, we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we
conduct  business  on  an  order-by-order  basis.  Thus,  we  compete  with  other  companies  for  the  production  capacity  of
independent  manufacturers.  We  believe  that  this  approach  provides  us  with  the  greatest  flexibility  in  identifying  the
appropriate  manufacturers  while  considering  quality,  cost,  timing  of  product  delivery  and  other  criteria.  During  Fiscal
2023, we purchased our products from approximately 260 suppliers, with a significant concentration of suppliers in Asia.
Our  10  largest  suppliers  provided  approximately  one-third  of  our  product  purchases.  During  Fiscal  2023,  no  individual
third party manufacturer, licensee or other supplier provided more than 10% of our product purchases in total. We generally
acquire products sold in our food and beverage operations from various third party domestic suppliers.
During Fiscal 2023, approximately 41% and 23% of our apparel and related products acquired directly by us or
via  vendors  or  buying  agents,  were  from  producers  located  in  China  and  Vietnam,  respectively,  with  no  other  country
representing more than 10% of such purchases. Johnny Was, which was acquired in 2022, sources approximately 90% of
its  products  from  China.  While  we  have  and  will  continue  to  work  on  diversifying  our  supplier  base  and  reducing  the
concentration of manufacturing from China in the future, the majority of fibers included in our apparel and other products
currently originate in China even if the products are manufactured elsewhere.
We purchase our apparel and related products from third-party producers, substantially all as package purchases of
finished goods. These products are manufactured to our design and fabric specifications with oversight by us or our third-
party vendors or buying agents. The use of third-party producers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us,
as operating manufacturing facilities requires a significant amount of capital investment, labor and oversight. We depend
on  third-party  producers  to  secure  a  sufficient  supply  of  specified  raw  materials,  adequately  finance  the  production  of
goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. We believe that purchasing substantially all of
our products as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we are not required to purchase,
or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our apparel and related product purchases
until  we  take  ownership  of  the  finished  goods,  which  typically  occurs  when  the  goods  are  shipped  by  the  third-party
producers.
As  the  manufacture  and  transportation  of  apparel  and  related  products  for  our  brands  may  take  as  many  as  six
months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our full-price
retail  stores  or  our  wholesale  customers’  stores.  As  our  merchandising  departments  must  estimate  our  requirements  for
finished goods purchases for our own full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data
and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to prior to the receipt of all wholesale
customer orders, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than will ultimately be desired or that we will
not have purchased sufficient inventory to satisfy demand, resulting in lost sales opportunities.
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY
We  recognize  that  our  business  operations  throughout  the  value  chain  impact  people  and  the  environment  and
believe  that,  as  a  leading  apparel  company,  we  have  a  responsibility  to  reduce  those  impacts.  Our  Board  is  ultimately
charged  with  overseeing  the  risks  to  our  business  on  behalf  of  our  shareholders,  and  we  believe  that  our  Board’s  active
involvement in oversight of environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) initiatives affords us tremendous benefits. We
20
Table of Contents
report routinely to our Board and/or various Board committees about ESG risks and strategies and communicate insights
provided by our directors to our brands to assist in formulating ESG goals and initiatives.
Reducing our Impact
We  are  committed  to  identifying  and  executing  commercially  viable  corporate  responsibility  initiatives  in
furtherance  of  a  safer,  more  sustainable  world.  To  support  this  objective,  we  organized  a  new  Corporate  Responsibility
team  at  the  end  of  Fiscal  2022  to  efficiently  manage  environmental  sustainability,  social  responsibility  and  traceability
across  the  enterprise.  Drawing  on  existing  expertise  from  our  Tommy  Bahama  initiatives,  the  new  function  ensures  a
consistent  approach  to  corporate  responsibility  across  our  brands.  The  team  reports  to  our  General  Counsel,  with  input
from our Executive Leadership Team, and will focus in the immediate future on assessing corporate responsibility risks and
opportunities,  establishing  baseline  metrics  and  objectives  and  collaborating  with  our  brands  on  potential  brand-specific
initiatives.
As part of our commitment to source our products in a lawful, ethical and socially responsible manner, we have
implemented  a  supplier  corporate  responsibility  program  applicable  to  vendors  and  producers  from  whom  we  purchase
apparel and related products. The program includes a comprehensive Supplier Code of Conduct that requires compliance
with applicable laws as well as other international business and ethical standards, including related human rights, health,
safety,  working  conditions,  environmental  and  other  requirements.  We  also  require  all  vendors  from  whom  we  purchase
goods  to  adhere  to  the  United  States  Customs  and  Border  Protection’s  Customs  Trade  Partnership  Against  Terrorism
program, including standards relating to facility, procedural, personnel and cargo security.
We monitor compliance with our Supplier Code of Conduct and applicable laws and regulations through social
assessments performed by credible third parties and require our suppliers to partner with us to remediate issues identified.
Social assessments of our tier 1 and strategic tier 2 producers are required annually or more frequently. In the event we
determine that a supplier cannot or will not remediate issues, we will discontinue use of the supplier.
We also continue to participate in various trade associations and organizations to drive industry-wide collective
action  and  ensure  we  remain  informed  about  emerging  laws,  risks,  opportunities  and  best  practices.  We  are  an  active
member  of  the  American  Apparel  &  Footwear  Association  (AAFA)  and  in  2023,  we  transitioned  Tommy  Bahama’s
membership in Cascale (formerly the Sustainable Apparel Coalition) to an enterprise-wide membership to support each of
our  brands  in  their  journeys  toward  more  responsible  production.  Additionally,  various  combinations  of  our  brands  are
members  of  the  Textile  Exchange,  Better  Cotton,  and  the  Good  Cashmere  Standard  by  the  Aid  by  Trade  Foundation  to
further our adoption of preferred materials.
ENRICHING OUR COMMUNITIES
Since our founding in 1942, we have prided ourselves on being model citizens for the communities in which we
operate.  We focus our community initiatives on programs that can impact a broad set of constituents where we operate.
Our community partners include the United Way of Greater Atlanta, the Woodruff Arts Center and Grady Hospital, and
each of our operating groups partners with organizations improving quality of life in the communities where our customers
and employees live and work.
In  2020,  we  announced  the  launch  of  the  Oxford  Educational  Access  Initiative  to  further  our  goal  of  reducing
economic and racial inequality through access to education. We believe that every child, regardless of race or economic
circumstance, deserves the chance to learn and be successful. Over the course of four years beginning in 2021, we have
committed to fund an aggregate of $1 million to community organizations with innovative program models that address a
broad spectrum of educational challenges that children in underserved communities face. Each of our brands has selected
recipient organizations that are working to address disparities in educational access and barriers to success for children in
our local communities.
21
Table of Contents
IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations as substantially all of our merchandise,
as well as the products purchased by our licensing partners, is manufactured by foreign suppliers. Products imported by us,
or imported by others and ultimately sold to us, are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their
entry  into  the  United  States  and  other  countries  where  we  sell  our  products,  including  various  federal,  state,  local  and
foreign  laws  and  regulations  that  govern  any  of  our  activities  that  may  have  adverse  environmental,  health  and  safety
effects. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations may result in significant monetary penalties.
Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to certain duties which are assessed on the value of the
imported product. These amounts represent a component of the inventories we sell and are included in cost of goods sold in
our consolidated statements of operations. We paid total duties of $58 million on products imported into the United States
directly  by  us  in  Fiscal  2023,  with  the  average  duty  rate  on  those  products  of  approximately  19%  of  the  value  of  the
imported product in Fiscal 2023. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment, fiber content and country of origin and
are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization’s member nations have eliminated
quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and other countries into which we import our products are still allowed in
certain  circumstances  to  unilaterally  impose  "anti-dumping"  or  "countervailing"  duties  in  response  to  threats  to  their
comparable domestic industries.
Although  we  have  not  been  materially  inhibited  from  sourcing  products  from  desired  markets  in  the  past,  we
cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and enter into new
markets.  In  recent  years  the  United  States  government  has  implemented  additional  duties  on  certain  product  categories
across  various  industries.  It  is  possible  that  additional  duty  increases  could  occur  in  future  years,  which  could  have  a
significant unfavorable impact on the apparel retail industry and our cost of goods sold, operations, net sales, net earnings
and cash flows. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment,
including  any  impact  on  our  operations  or  on  our  ability  to  import  products.  As  a  result  of  these  changes  and  increased
costs of production in certain countries that unfavorably impact our cost of goods sold, we continue to make changes in our
supply chain, including exiting certain factories and sourcing those products from a factory in a different foreign country.
In  addition,  apparel  and  other  related  products  sold  by  us  are  subject  to  stringent  and  complex  product
performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product
labeling,  product  content,  certification  of  product  safety  and  importer  security  procedures.  We  believe  that  we  are  in
material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also generally subject to such
regulations.
Important  factors  relating  to  risks  associated  with  government  regulations,  including  forced  labor  laws,  include
those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
DISTRIBUTION CENTERS
We  operate  a  number  of  distribution  centers.  Our  Auburn,  Washington,  King  of  Prussia,  Pennsylvania  and  Los
Angeles,  California  distribution  centers  serve  our  Tommy  Bahama,  Lilly  Pulitzer  and  Johnny  Was  operating  groups,
respectively. Additionally, a third-party distribution center in Los Angeles, California provides distribution services for the
Johnny Was e-commerce operations. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center provides primary distribution services for our
smaller Southern Tide, TBBC and Duck Head businesses, as well as certain distribution services for our Lilly Pulitzer and
Tommy Bahama businesses.
In  Fiscal  2023,  we  began  a  multi-year  Southeastern  United  States  distribution  center  enhancement  project  in
Lyons,  Georgia  to  build  a  new  facility  to  ensure  best-in-class  direct-to-consumer  throughput  capabilities  for  our  brands.
The  new  facility  will  provide  direct  to  consumer  support  for  all  of  our  brands,  including  the  East  Coast  operations  of
Tommy Bahama. We anticipate total capital expenditures in excess of $130 million over the life of the project, with the
majority  of  the  spend  occurring  in  Fiscal  2024,  and  expect  completion  of  the  new  facility  in  the  Second  Half  of  Fiscal
2025.
22
Table of Contents
Activities at the distribution centers include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and
shipping  the  products  to  our  retail  store,  e-commerce  and  wholesale  customers,  as  applicable.  We  seek  to  maintain
sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution centers to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked,
at-once and some in-stock replenishment orders for our wholesale customers. We use a local third party distribution center
for our Tommy Bahama Australia operations.
In  Fiscal  2023,  80%  of  our  net  sales  were  direct  to  consumer  sales,  which  are  filled  on  a  current  basis;
accordingly, an order backlog is not material to our business.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES
We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are important components of maintaining our
competitive  position  and  supporting  continued  growth  of  our  businesses,  particularly  in  the  ever-changing  consumer
shopping  environment.  Our  information  systems  are  designed  to  provide  effective  retail  store,  e-commerce,  food  and
beverage  and  wholesale  operations  while  emphasizing  efficient  point-of-sale,  distribution  center,  design,  sourcing,  order
processing,  marketing,  customer  relationship  management,  accounting  and  other  functions.  We  periodically  evaluate  the
adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide
additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that,
where  possible,  continuous  upgrading  and  enhancements  to  our  information  systems  with  newer  technology  that  offers
greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is critical to our operations and financial condition.
LICENSING AND OTHER DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
We  license  certain  of  our  trademarks,  including  the  Tommy  Bahama  and  Lilly  Pulitzer  names,  to  licensees  in
categories beyond our brands’ core product categories. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for our
larger lifestyle brands. Once a brand is more fully established, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but
can  yield  high-margin  income.  It  also  affords  the  opportunity  to  enhance  overall  brand  awareness  and  exposure.  In
evaluating  a  licensee  for  our  brands,  we  consider  the  candidate’s  experience,  financial  stability,  sourcing  expertise  and
marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with the brand
image and our own products.
Our agreements with our licensees are brand specific, relate to specific geographic areas and have expirations at
various dates in the future, with contingent renewal options in limited cases. Generally, the agreements require minimum
royalty  payments  as  well  as  royalty  payments  based  on  specified  percentages  of  the  licensee’s  net  sales  of  the  licensed
products as well as certain obligations for advertising and marketing. Our license agreements generally provide us the right
to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
We license the Tommy Bahama brand for a broad range of product categories including indoor furniture, outdoor
furniture, beach chairs, bedding and bath linens, fabrics, leather goods and gifts, headwear, hosiery, sleepwear, shampoo,
toiletries,  fragrances,  cigar  accessories,  distilled  spirits,  resort  operations  and  other  products.  Third  party  license
arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include stationery and gift products; home furnishing products; and eyewear.
In addition to our license arrangements for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain
international distributor agreements which allow third parties to distribute apparel and other products on a wholesale and/or
retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of February 3, 2024, we have agreements for the distribution of Tommy
Bahama  products  in  the  Middle  East  and  parts  of  Latin  America.  The  products  sold  by  the  distributors  generally  are
identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale
accounts, the distributors may, in some cases, operate a limited number of their own retail stores. Additionally, we have
arrangements for distribution of Johnny Was products in certain countries. None of our international distributor agreements
are expected to generate growth that would materially impact our operating results in the near term.
23
Table of Contents
SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by
distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a result, our quarterly operating results and
working  capital  requirements  fluctuate  significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter.  Typically,  the  demand  for  products  for  our
larger brands is higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season (the third quarter of our fiscal
year). Thus, our third quarter historically has had the lowest net sales and net earnings compared to other quarters. Further,
the  impact  of  certain  unusual  or  non-recurring  items,  economic  conditions,  our  e-commerce  flash  clearance  sales,
wholesale product shipments, weather, acquisitions or other factors affecting our operations may vary from one year to the
next. Therefore, due to the potential impact of these items, we do not believe that net sales or operating income by quarter
in Fiscal 2023 are necessarily indicative of the expected proportion of amounts by quarter for future periods.
HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Our  key  strategy  is  to  own  brands  that  make  people  happy,  and  we  recognize  that  successful  execution  of  our
strategy  starts  with  people.    We  believe  treating  people  fairly  and  with  respect  is  key  to  long-term  success  and,  more
importantly, is simply the right thing to do.
As  of  February  3,  2024,  we  employed  over  6,000  individuals  globally,  more  than  96%  of  whom  were  in  the
United States.  Approximately 77% of our employees were retail store and food and beverage employees.  Our employee
base fluctuates during the year, as we typically hire seasonal employees to support our retail store and food and beverage
operations, primarily during the holiday selling season. None of our employees as of February 3, 2024 were represented by
a union.
Commitment to our Core Values
Our actions are guided by our company’s core values:
● Integrity – Build trust through honest relationships.  Do the right thing.
● Respect – Have respect for oneself and for one another. Lead by example. Exercise humility.
● Inclusion – Root our relationships with one another in understanding, awareness and mutual respect. Value
and embrace diversity. Welcome the respectful, open expression of differing ideas and perspectives.
● Accountability – Own our words, decisions and actions. Earn our reputation.
● Teamwork – Show up for each other. Solve problems through good and transparent communication. Know
we are strongest when we work as a team.
● Curiosity – Improve and innovate. Simplify and streamline. Embrace change. Challenge ourselves.
We believe that our adherence to these core values in everything we do as a company furthers our good relations
with employees, suppliers and customers.
Commitment to Human Rights and our Code of Conduct
We are committed to respecting human rights in our business operations, including throughout our supply chain
and product life cycle. As part of our supplier audit processes, we conduct human rights due diligence to identify risks and
work to mitigate them, and our Supplier Code of Conduct sets forth minimum social responsibility requirements to ensure
that the human rights of all people in our value chain are respected. We do not tolerate harassment, discrimination, violence
or retaliation of any kind.
Our Code of Conduct applies to all employees, officers and directors in our organization and addresses, among
other  topics,  compliance  with  laws,  avoiding  conflicts  of  interest,  gifts  and  entertainment,  bribery  and  kickbacks,  anti-
discrimination and anti-harassment and reporting misconduct. Our General Counsel takes responsibility for reviewing and
refreshing  our  Code  of  Conduct;  educating  our  team  members  about  our  expectations;  and,  as  applicable,  enforcing  the
Code of Conduct. All employees at the time of hire are required to read and certify compliance with the Code of Conduct
and are given an opportunity to ask questions.
24
Table of Contents
Talent and Development
We are always looking for great people to join our team.  We recognize that in order to remain competitive, we
must  attract,  develop  and  retain  top  caliber  employees  in  our  design,  marketing,  merchandising,  information  technology
and  other  functions,  as  well  as  in  our  direct  to  consumer  locations  and  distribution  centers.    Competition  for  talented
employees is intense.
In  furtherance  of  attracting  and  retaining  employees  committed  to  our  core  values  and  business  strategy,  we
maintain competitive compensation programs that include a variety of components, including competitive pay consistent
with skill level, experience and knowledge, as well as comprehensive benefit plans consisting of health and welfare plans,
retirement benefits and paid leave for our employee base in the United States.
We continue to assess how well we are doing in managing performance, developing our people and putting our
talent  to  its  highest  and  best  use  across  our  company.    Our  aim  is  greater  employee  engagement  and  ultimately  a  more
effective  organization.  As  part  of  our  commitment  to  our  people,  throughout  our  brands  and  businesses,  we  provide
employees with training, growth and development opportunities, including on-the-job training, learning and development
programs, and other educational programs. Outside of the United States, we work with outside partners familiar with the
local markets and laws to ensure our rewards are competitive within that jurisdiction and support employee well-being.
Diversity & Inclusion
Our ongoing commitment to having the best people includes a commitment to equal opportunity. We believe in a
diverse and inclusive workplace that respects and invites differing ideas and perspectives. We have a number of initiatives
to ensure that our hiring, retention and advancement practices promote fair and equal opportunities across our workforce
and ensure that we will have the best people in the industry to support our businesses going forward.
Our  diversity  and  inclusion  strategies  begin  at  the  recruiting  stage,  where  we  seek  to  attract  and  hire  the  most
qualified candidates possible, without regard to race, ethnicity, national origin, gender, age, sexual orientation, genetics or
other  protected  characteristics.  We  reinforce  our  values  and  goals  through  our  Code  of  Conduct  and  other  workplace
policies,  with  an  anonymous,  confidential  ethics  hotline  that  allows  our  employees  to  voice  concerns.  We  also  seek  to
ensure that our pay and rewards programs and advancement opportunities are consistent with our culture of equality.
As  of  February  3,  2024,  our  domestic  workforce,  which  comprised  over  96%  of  our  employee  population,  was
self-disclosed  as  34%  male,  66%  female  and  less  than  1%  undisclosed  or  choosing  not  to  identify.    Among  our
management employees, who comprise approximately 19% of our workforce, the self-disclosed figures were 29% male,
71% female and less than 1% undisclosed or choosing not to identify. As of February 3, 2024, the self-disclosed ethnicity
of  our  domestic  workforce  was  59%  white  (not  Hispanic  or  Latino)  and  41%  non-white,  whereas  for  management
employees, the self-disclosed ethnicity figures were 71% white (not Hispanic or Latino) and 29% non-white.
INFORMATION
Oxford  Industries,  Inc.  is  a  Georgia  corporation  originally  founded  in  1942.  Our  corporate  headquarters  are
located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of
our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. We
also  use  our  website  as  a  means  of  disclosing  additional  information,  including  for  complying  with  our  disclosure
obligations  under  the  SEC’s  Regulation  FD  (Fair  Disclosure).  The  information  on  our  website  is  not  and  should  not  be
considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these
risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely
25
Table of Contents
affected. These are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we currently
consider immaterial or are not presently known to us may also adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to our Industry and Macroeconomic Conditions
Our  business  and  financial  condition  are  heavily  influenced  by  general  economic  and  market  conditions  which  are
outside of our control.
We  are  a  consumer  products  company  and  are  highly  dependent  on  consumer  discretionary  spending  and  retail
traffic  patterns,  particularly  in  the  United  States.  The  demand  for  apparel  products  changes  as  regional,  domestic  and
international  economic  conditions  change  and  may  be  significantly  impacted  by  trends  in  consumer  confidence  and
discretionary consumer spending patterns. These trends may be influenced by employment levels; recessions; inflation and
elevated interest rates; fuel and energy costs; tax rates; personal debt levels; savings rates; stock market and housing market
volatility; shifting social ideology; concerns about the political and economic climate; and general uncertainty about the
future. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending patterns are outside of our control
and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than
the general economy.
Recently,  the  U.S.  economy  has  been  impacted  by  elevated  inflation  rates,  which  has  created  a  complex  and
challenging  retail  environment  that  has  affected  consumer  spending  and  consumer  preferences.  In  Fiscal  2023  and
continuing into Fiscal 2024, the prevailing macroeconomic concerns have led to conservative purchase order decisions for
future  seasons  by  many  of  our  wholesale  customers.  A  decline  in  consumer  confidence  or  change  in  discretionary
consumer spending could reduce our sales, increase our inventory levels, result in more promotional activities and/or lower
our gross margins, any or all of which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.
We operate in a highly competitive industry with significant pricing pressures and heightened customer expectations.
We operate in a highly competitive industry in which the principal competitive factors are the reputation, value and
image of brand names; design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price;
quality; marketing (including through rapidly shifting digital and social media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities;
and  customer  service.  The  highly  competitive  apparel  industry  is  characterized  by  low  barriers  to  entry,  with  new
competition entering the marketplace regularly. There are numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, distributors,
importers, licensors and retailers. Some of these companies may be significantly larger or more diversified than us and/or
have significantly greater financial resources than we do.
Competition in the apparel industry is particularly enhanced in the digital marketplace for our rapidly growing e-
commerce  businesses,  where  there  are  new  entrants  in  the  market,  greater  pricing  pressure  and  heightened  customer
expectations  and  competitive  pressure  related  to,  among  other  things,  customer  engagement,  delivery  speed,  shipping
charges  and  return  privileges.  In  addition,  fast  fashion,  value  fashion  and  off-price  retailers,  as  well  as  the  more  recent
declines in spending within the consumer and retail sector, have contributed to additional promotional pressure. These and
other  competitive  factors  within  the  apparel  industry  may  result  in  reduced  sales,  increased  costs,  lower  prices  for  our
products and/or decreased margins.
Failure to anticipate and adapt to changing fashion trends and consumer preferences could harm our reputation and
financial performance.
We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and
trends  in  fashion  and  consumer  preference  and  presenting  appealing  products  for  consumers  when  and  where  they  seek
them. Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing
fashion  trends  and  shifting  consumer  expectations.  The  increasing  shift  to  digital  brand  engagement  and  social  media
communication, as well as the attempted replication of our products by competitors, presents emerging challenges for our
business. The apparel industry is also impacted by changing consumer preferences regarding spending categories generally,
including  shifts  away  from  traditional  consumer  product  spending  and  towards  “experiential”  spending  and  sustainable
products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to
26
Table of Contents
align with evolving trends. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could harm the reputation and
desirability of our brands and products and/or result in weakened financial performance.
Our  operations  and  those  of  our  suppliers,  vendors  and  wholesale  customers  may  be  affected  by  changes  in  weather
patterns, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.
Our  sales  volume  and  operations  and  the  operations  of  third  parties  on  whom  we  rely,  including  our  suppliers,
vendors, licensees and wholesale customers, may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions or
other  climate-related  events,  natural  or  man-made  disasters,  hurricanes,  public  health  crises,  pandemics,  war,  terrorist
attacks,  including  heightened  security  measures  and  responsive  military  actions,  or  other  catastrophes  which  may  cause
consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations, such as the damage to, and temporary
closure of, our Tommy Bahama restaurant and retail store in Naples, Florida due to Hurricane Ian in September 2022 and
the destruction of our Tommy Bahama Marlin Bar in Lahaina, Hawaii by wildfires in August 2023. Our business may also
be adversely affected by instability, disruption or destruction, regardless of cause. These events may result in closures of
our retail stores, restaurants, offices or distribution centers and/or declines in consumer traffic, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Because of the seasonality of our business, the
concentration  of  a  significant  proportion  of  our  retail  stores  and  wholesale  customers  in  certain  geographic  regions,
including  a  resort  and/or  coastal  focus  for  most  of  our  lifestyle  brands,  and  the  concentration  of  our  sourcing  and
distribution  center  operations,  the  occurrence  of  such  events  could  disproportionately  impact  our  business,  financial
condition and operating results.
The  ongoing  war  between  Russia  and  Ukraine  and  the  ongoing  war  between  Israel  and  Hamas  have  adversely
affected the global economy and resulted in economic sanctions, geopolitical instability and market disruption. Although
we do not have operations or generate revenues in the impacted regions, the geopolitical tensions related to the wars could
result  in  broader  impacts  that  expand  into  other  markets,  cyberattacks,  supply  chain  and  logistics  disruptions,  including
shipping disruptions in the Red Sea region, and lower consumer demand, any of which could have a material adverse effect
on our business and operations.
Risks Related to our Business Strategy and Operations
Failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands could harm our business operations and financial condition.
Our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished
by actions taken by us or by our licensees, wholesale customers or others who have an interest in our brands. Actions that
could  cause  harm  to  our  brands  include  failing  to  respond  to  emerging  fashion  trends  or  meet  consumer  quality
expectations;  selling  products  bearing  our  brands  through  distribution  channels  that  are  inconsistent  with  customer
expectations; becoming overly promotional; or setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products.
In  addition,  social  media  is  a  critical  marketing  and  customer  acquisition  and  customer  retention  strategy  in  today’s
technology-driven retail environment, and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively and
accurately  communicate  our  brand  message  through  social  media  vehicles,  including  with  respect  to  our  social
responsibility and environmental sustainability initiatives. The concentration in our portfolio heightens the risks we face if
one of our larger brands is adversely impacted by actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand.
The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee or wholesale customer, including a third party distributor in an
international market, or for example, the operator of the Tommy Bahama Miramonte Resort & Spa, which opened in late-
2023 and is an unproven concept with previously untested brand and operating standards, could also significantly impact
the perception of our brands. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with third
party  licensees  covering  product  design,  product  quality,  brand  standards,  sourcing,  social  compliance,  distribution,
operations, manufacturing and/or marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be
negatively  impacted  through  our  association  with  products  or  concepts  outside  of  our  core  apparel  products  and  by  the
market perception of the third parties with whom we associate. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and
promotion of our products by our wholesale customers, and actions by such parties could diminish the value or reputation
of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales, gross margins and business operations.
27
Table of Contents
The  appeal  of  our  brands  may  also  depend  on  the  perceived  relevance  and  success  of  our  initiatives  related  to
corporate responsibility and our commitments to operating our business in a socially responsible fashion. Risks related to
corporate responsibility include increased stakeholder focus on social and environmental sustainability matters, including
forced  labor,  chemical  use,  energy  and  water  use,  packaging  and  waste,  animal  welfare  and  land  use.  We  may  also  be
required to incur substantial costs to comply with the amalgamation of differing or conflicting state, federal or international
laws  or  regulations  or  the  rules  of  government  agencies  requiring  disclosure  of  risks  and  initiatives  related  to  corporate
responsibility  and  the  collection,  certification  and  disclosure  of  operational  data,  and  any  failure  to  comply  with  such
requirements could result in fines, penalties or negative public perception of our brands or drive decisions on whether we
can  continue  or  expand  our  business  in  certain  markets.  We  may  also  face  increased  pressure  from  stakeholders  or  the
public to voluntarily expand our disclosures, make commitments, set targets or establish additional goals and take actions
to meet them, which could expose us to market, operational and execution costs or risks. The metrics we disclose may not
meet stakeholder expectations and may impact our reputation and the value of our brands, and a failure to achieve progress
on our metrics on a timely basis, or at all, could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Our inability to execute our direct to consumer and portfolio-level strategies in response to shifts in consumer shopping
behavior could adversely affect our financial results and operations.
One of our key long-term initiatives over the last several years has been to grow our branded businesses through
distribution  strategies  that  allow  our  consumers  to  access  our  brands  whenever  and  wherever  they  choose  to  shop.  Our
ability to anticipate and transform our business in response to the manner in which consumers seek to transact business and
access  products  requires  us  to  introduce  new  retail,  restaurant  and  other  concepts  in  suitable  locations;  anticipate  and
implement  innovations  in  sales  and  marketing  technology  to  align  with  our  consumers’  shopping  preferences;  invest  in
appropriate digital and other technologies; establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth; maintain brand specific
websites  and  mobile  applications  that  offer  the  functionality  and  security  customers  expect;  and  effectively  enhance  our
advertising and marketing activities, including our social media presence, to maintain our current customers and attract and
introduce new consumers to our brands and offerings.
For the last several years, the retail apparel market has been evolving very rapidly in ways that are disruptive to
traditional fashion retailers. These changes included declines in bricks and mortar retail traffic; entry into the fashion retail
space by large e-commerce retailers and others with significant financial resources and enhanced distribution capabilities;
increased  costs  to  attract  and  retain  consumers;  increased  investment  in  technology  and  multi-channel  distribution
strategies  by  large,  traditional  bricks  and  mortar  and  big  box  retailers;  ongoing  emphasis  on  off-price  and  fast  fashion
channels  of  distribution,  in  particular  those  who  offer  brand  label  products  at  clearance;  and  increased  appeal  for
consumers  of  products  that  incorporate  sustainable  materials  and  processes  in  the  supply  chain  and/or  otherwise  reflect
their  social  or  personal  values.  In  response,  fashion  retailers  and  competing  brands  have  increasingly  offered  greater
transparency for consumers in product pricing and engaged in increased promotional activities, both online and in-store.
These trends accelerated in recent years and are likely to continue to evolve in ways that may not yet be evident.
In  response  to  these  evolving  and  rapidly  changing  trends  in  consumer  shopping  behavior,  we  have  made  and
expect to continue to make significant investments in expanding our digital capabilities and technologies in three key areas:
mobile  technology;  digital  marketing;  and  the  digital  customer  experience.  Although  we  have  experienced  significant
growth  in  our  e-commerce  businesses  in  recent  years,  there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  realize  a  return  on  these
investments, be successful in continuing to grow our e-commerce businesses over the long term or that any increase we
may see in net sales from our e-commerce business will not cannibalize, or be sufficient to offset any decreases in, net sales
from bricks and mortar retail stores. Any inability on our part to effectively adapt to rapidly evolving consumer behavioral
trends  may  result  in  lost  sales,  increase  our  costs  and/or  adversely  impact  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,
reputation and credibility.
We  may  be  unable  to  grow  our  business  through  organic  growth,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
A key component of our business strategy is organic growth in our brands. Organic growth may be achieved by,
among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets; increasing
our market share in existing markets; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; expanding our margins through
28
Table of Contents
product  cost  reductions,  price  increases  or  otherwise;  expanding  the  customer  reach  of  our  brands  through  new  and
enhanced  advertising  initiatives;  and  increasing  the  product  offerings  and  concepts  within  our  various  operating  groups.
Successful growth of our business is also subject to our ability to implement plans for expanding and/or maintaining our
existing businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability
to  grow  our  business  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  liquidity  and  results  of
operations.
In addition, investments we make in technology, advertising and infrastructure, retail stores and restaurants, office
and distribution center facilities, personnel and elsewhere may not yield the full benefits we anticipate, and sales growth
may  be  outpaced  by  increases  in  operating  costs,  putting  downward  pressure  on  our  operating  margins  and  adversely
affecting  our  results  of  operations.  If  we  are  unable  to  increase  our  revenues  organically,  we  may  be  required  to  pursue
other  strategic  initiatives,  including  reductions  in  costs  and/or  acquisitions,  which  may  inhibit  our  ability  to  increase
profitability.
The  acquisition  of  new  businesses  is  inherently  risky,  and  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  realize  the  anticipated
benefits of any acquisition.
Growth  of  our  business  through  acquisitions  of  lifestyle  brands  that  fit  within  our  business  model  is  a  key
component of our long-term business strategy, as evidenced by our acquisition of Johnny Was in Fiscal 2022.
Integrating an acquired business, regardless of the size of the acquired operations, is a complex, time-consuming
and  expensive  process.  The  integration  process  could  create  a  number  of  challenges  and  adverse  consequences  for  us
associated with the integration of product lines, support functions, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers;
employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired business and our existing businesses;
disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures
and policies; operating a business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other
areas  of  our  business;  and  the  impairment  of  relationships  with  customers  of  the  acquired  and  existing  businesses.  As  a
result of these challenges or other factors, the benefits of an acquisition may not materialize to the extent or within the time
periods anticipated.
In  addition,  the  competitive  climate  for  desirable  acquisition  candidates  drives  higher  market  multiples,  and  we
may pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we ultimately derive from the acquired business. Acquisitions
may  cause  us  to  incur  debt  or  make  dilutive  issuances  of  our  equity  securities,  and  may  result  in  certain  impairment  or
amortization charges in our statements of operations, as evidenced by the noncash impairment charges for goodwill and
intangible assets of $111 million recognized in Johnny Was in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023, which was driven by the
challenging  macroeconomic  environment  and  elevated  interest  rates  during  Fiscal  2023.  Additionally,  as  a  result  of
acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course
of  performing  due  diligence,  or  may  incur  material,  unrecoverable  costs  to  evaluate  and  pursue  an  acquisition  that  is
ultimately not consummated.
As  the  fashion  retail  environment  evolves,  our  investment  criteria  for  acquisitions  has  grown  to  include  smaller
brands  and  non-controlling  investments  in  burgeoning  brands  seeking  debt  or  equity  financing.  The  limited  operating
history,  less  experienced  management  teams  and  less  sophisticated  systems,  infrastructure  and  relationships  generally
associated  with  such  brands  may  heighten  the  risks  associated  with  acquisitions  generally.  Minority  investments  present
additional  risks,  including  the  potential  disproportionate  distraction  to  our  management  team  relative  to  the  potential
financial benefit; the potential for a conflict of interest; the damage to our reputation of associating with a brand which may
take  actions  inconsistent  with  our  values;  and  the  financial  risks  associated  with  making  an  investment  in  an  unproven
business  model,  including  the  potential  for  impairment  charges  such  as  the  $2  million  noncash  impairment  charges
recognized  in  Fiscal  2023  from  our  equity  method  investment  in  a  smaller  lifestyle  brand  that  resulted  from  that  entity,
which we do not control, forecasting continued, future losses.
The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines could result in unexpected liabilities and adversely
affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
29
Table of Contents
From time to time, we may also divest or discontinue businesses, product lines and/or wholesale relationships that
do  not  align  with  our  strategy  or  provide  the  returns  that  we  expect  or  desire.  Such  dispositions  and/or  discontinuations
may result in unexpected liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.
Many  factors,  such  as  economic  conditions,  fashion  trends,  consumer  preferences,  the  financial  condition  of  our
wholesale  customers  and  weather,  make  it  difficult  to  accurately  forecast  demand  for  our  products.  In  order  to  meet  the
expected demand for our products in a cost-effective manner, we make commitments for production several months prior
to our receipt of goods and almost entirely without firm commitments from our customers. Depending on the demand for
our products, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered or that we have in our inventory, which may result in
inventory  markdowns  or  the  sale  of  excess  inventory  at  discounted  prices  and  through  off-price  channels.  These  events
could  significantly  harm  our  operating  results  and  impair  the  image  of  our  brands.  Conversely,  if  we  underestimate  the
timing or extent of demand for our products or if we are unable to access our products when we need them, for example
due to a third party manufacturer’s inability to source materials or produce goods in a timely fashion or as a result of delays
in the delivery of products to us, we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in lost sales, unfilled orders,
negatively impacted customer relationships, and diminished brand loyalty, any of which could harm our business. These
risks  relating  to  inventory  may  also  escalate  as  our  direct  to  consumer  sales,  for  which  we  do  not  have  any  advance
purchase commitments, continue to increase as a proportion of our consolidated net sales.
We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants.
We  lease  all  of  our  retail  store  and  restaurant  locations.  Successful  operation  of  our  retail  stores  and  restaurants
depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations; the overall ability of the location to attract
a  consumer  base  sufficient  to  make  sales  volume  profitable;  our  ability  to  negotiate  satisfactory  lease  terms  and  employ
qualified  personnel;  and  our  ability  to  timely  construct  and  complete  any  build  out  and  open  the  location  in  accordance
with our plans. A decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, due to economic conditions,
shifts in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or
at  those  in  which  we  operate,  the  closing  of  anchor  stores  or  other  adjacent  tenants  or  otherwise,  could  have  a  negative
impact on our sales, gross margins and results of operations. Our growth may be limited if we are unable to identify new
locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail
store opening is inconsistent with our expectations.
Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at
lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation and recurring fixed costs.
On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  review  the  financial  performance  of  our  retail  and  restaurant  locations  in  order  to  determine
whether continued operation is appropriate. Even if we determine that it is desirable to exit a particular location, we may be
unable to close an underperforming location due to continuous use clauses and/or because negotiating an early termination
would be cost prohibitive. In addition, due to the fixed-cost structure associated with these operations, negative cash flows
or the closure of a retail store or restaurant could result in impairment of leasehold improvements, impairment of operating
lease assets and/or other long-lived assets, severance costs, lease termination costs or the loss of working capital, which
could adversely impact our business and financial results. Furthermore, as each of our leases expire and as competition and
rental rates for prime retail and restaurant locations continues to accelerate, as we have experienced in recent years, we may
be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, including as a result of shifts in how
shopping  center  operators  seek  to  merchandise  the  particular  center’s  lineup,  which  could  force  us  to  close  retail  stores
and/or restaurants in desirable locations.
Furthermore,  a  deterioration  in  the  financial  condition  of  shopping  center  operators  or  developers  could,  for
example, limit their ability to invest in improvements and finance tenant improvements for us and other retailers and lead
consumers to view these locations as less desirable. In addition, if our e-commerce businesses continue to grow, they may
do so in part by attracting existing customers, rather than new customers, who choose to purchase products from us online
through  our  websites  rather  than  from  our  physical  stores,  thereby  reducing  the  financial  performance  of  our  bricks  and
mortar operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
30
Table of Contents
We  make  use  of  debt  to  finance  our  operations,  which  could  expose  us  to  risks  that  adversely  affect  our  business,
financial position and operating results.
Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations, acquisitions we
undertake and working capital needs. Our debt levels may increase or decrease from time to time under our existing facility
or  potentially  under  new  facilities,  or  the  terms  or  forms  of  our  financing  arrangements  may  change.  Our  indebtedness
under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement includes certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of
principal,  interest  and  unused  line  fees,  maintenance  of  certain  covenants  and  certain  other  limitations.  The  negative
covenants in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement limits our ability to, among other things, incur debt, guaranty certain
obligations,  incur  liens,  pay  dividends,  repurchase  common  stock,  make  investments,  sell  assets  or  make  acquisitions.
These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a
competitive disadvantage compared to any competitors that may be less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out
our business plans and planning for, or reacting to, change.
In addition, we are subject to interest rate risk on the indebtedness under our variable rate U.S. Revolving Credit
Agreement,  particularly  in  the  current  macroeconomic  environment.  An  increase  in  the  interest  rate  environment  would
require us to pay a greater amount towards interest on our borrowings.
The continued growth of our business depends on our access to sufficient funds. If the need arises in the future to
finance  expenditures  in  excess  of  those  supported  by  our  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  we  may  need  to  seek
additional  funding  through  debt  or  equity  financing.  Our  ability  to  obtain  that  financing  will  depend  on  many  factors,
including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions.
The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our
strategies,  and  the  negative  covenants  in  our  debt  agreements,  now  or  in  the  future,  may  increase  our  vulnerability  to
adverse economic and industry conditions and/or limit our flexibility in carrying out our business strategy and plans.
The  loss  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  wholesale  customers,  or  a  significant  adverse  change  in  a  customer’s  financial
position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We generate a material percentage of our wholesale sales, which was 20% of our net sales in Fiscal 2023, from a
few key customers. Although our largest customer only represented less than 4% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal
2023, the failure to increase or maintain our sales with our key customers as much as we anticipate would have a negative
impact on our growth prospects and any decrease or loss of these customers’ business could result in a decrease in our net
sales  and  operating  income  if  we  are  unable  to  capture  these  sales  through  our  direct  to  consumer  operations  or  other
wholesale  accounts.  Over  the  last  several  years,  department  stores  and  other  large  retailers  have  faced  increased
competition  from  online  competitors,  declining  sales  and  profitability  and  tightened  credit  markets,  resulting  in  store
closures, bankruptcies and financial restructurings. Restructuring of our customers’ operations, continued store closures or
increased direct sourcing by customers could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large
amount of receivables from just a few customers. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position or ability
to satisfy its obligations to us could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, in some cases after we
have already made product purchase commitments for inventory; require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that
customer’s receivables; or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer. In addition, a decision
by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases, whether
motivated  by  competitive  considerations,  a  change  in  desired  product  assortment,  quality  or  style  issues,  financial
difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could also adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Information Technology
Cybersecurity attacks and/or breaches of information security or privacy could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur
additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.
31
Table of Contents
Cybersecurity attacks continue to become increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and
hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our assets or disrupt our systems.
We  collect,  use,  store  and  transmit  sensitive  and  confidential  business  information  and  personal  information  of  our
customers, employees, suppliers and others as an ongoing part of our business operations, and we are regularly subject to
attempts  by  attackers  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  networks,  systems  and  data,  or  to  obtain,  change  or  destroy
confidential information. In addition, customers may use devices or software that are beyond our control environment to
purchase our products, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information, and
our embracing and implementation of remote work arrangements for a substantial portion of our employees may increase
our  vulnerability  to  cybersecurity  attacks.  Additionally,  the  security  systems  of  businesses  that  we  acquire  could  pose
additional  risks  to  us,  such  as  those  related  to  the  collection,  use,  maintenance  and  disclosure  of  data,  or  present  other
cybersecurity vulnerabilities.
Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as
a  result  of  cybersecurity  attacks,  computer  viruses,  vandalism,  ransomware,  human  error  or  otherwise,  or  if  there  are
perceived vulnerabilities in our systems, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged, and,
in  some  cases,  our  continued  operations  may  be  impaired  or  restricted.  Ongoing  and  increasing  costs  to  enhance
cybersecurity  protection  and  prevent,  eliminate  or  mitigate  vulnerabilities  are  significant.  Although  we  have  business
continuity  plans  and  other  safeguards  in  place,  our  operations  may  be  adversely  affected  by  an  actual  or  perceived  data
security breach. Costs to resolve any litigation or to investigate and remediate any actual or perceived breach could result
in  significant  financial  losses  and  expenses,  as  well  as  lost  sales.  While  we  continue  to  evolve  and  modify  our  business
continuity  plans,  there  can  be  no  assurance  in  an  escalating  threat  environment  that  they  will  be  effective  in  avoiding
disruption and business impacts.
In  addition,  the  regulatory  environment  governing  our  use  of  individually  identifiable  data  is  complex,  and
compliance with new and modified state, federal and international privacy and security laws may require us to modify our
operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes, which may
include deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third party experts
and  consultants.  In  addition,  because  we  process  and  transmit  payment  card  information,  we  are  subject  to  the  payment
card industry data security standard and card brand operating rules, which provide for a comprehensive set of rules relating
to the retention and/or transmission of payment card information. If we do not comply with the applicable standards, we
may be subject to fines or restrictions on our ability to accept payment cards, which could have a material adverse effect on
our operations.
As part of our routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit
personal  information  of  our  customers  and  employees.  Although  we  may  contractually  require  that  these  providers
implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will
not occur at their location or within their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third
party service providers or disruptions in their systems may expose us to the same risks as a breach of our own systems,
including negative publicity, potential out-of-pocket costs and adverse effects on our business and customer relationships.
Our  operations  are  reliant  on  information  technology,  and  any  interruption  or  other  failure  could  have  an  adverse
effect on our business or results of operations.
The efficient operation of our business depends on information technology. This requires us to devote significant
financial and employee resources to information technology initiatives and operations. Information systems are used in all
stages of our operations and as a method of communication, both internally and with our customers, service providers and
suppliers. Many of our information technology solutions are operated and/or maintained by third parties, including our use
of  cloud-based  solutions.  Additionally,  each  of  our  operating  groups  uses  e-commerce  websites,  point-of-sale  systems,
enterprise  order  management  systems,  warehouse  management  systems  and  wholesale  ordering  systems  to  acquire,
manage,  sell  and  distribute  goods.  Our  management  also  relies  on  information  systems  to  provide  relevant  and  accurate
information  in  order  to  allocate  resources,  manage  operations  and  forecast,  account  for  and  report  our  operating  results.
Service  interruptions  may  occur  as  a  result  of  a  number  of  factors,  including  power  outages,  consumer  traffic  levels,
computer  viruses,  sabotage,  hacking  or  other  unlawful  activities  by  third  parties,  human  error,  disasters  or  failures  to
properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems, networks and e-commerce websites.
32
Table of Contents
All of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In light of the
current geopolitical environment, there are heightened risks that our information technology systems, as well as those of
third parties on whom we rely in order to conduct our operations, could be compromised by threat actors.
Reliance  on  outdated  technology  or  failure  to  upgrade  our  information  technology  systems  and  capabilities  could
impair the efficient operation of our business and our ability to compete.
Any failure to timely upgrade our technology systems and capabilities may impair our ability to market, sell and
deliver  products  to  our  customers,  efficiently  conduct  our  operations,  facilitate  customer  engagement  in  today’s  digital
marketplace  and/or  meet  the  needs  of  our  management.  We  regularly  evaluate  upgrades  or  enhancements  to  our
information  systems  to  more  efficiently  and  competitively  operate  our  businesses,  including  periodic  upgrades  to  digital
commerce  and  marketing,  warehouse  management,  guest  relations,  omnichannel  and/or  enterprise  order  management
systems in our businesses. Digital commerce and marketing have continued to increase in importance to our business, and
we have invested and will continue to invest significant capital in the digital strategies, systems, expertise and capabilities
necessary for us to compete effectively in this arena. Upgrades to our systems may be expensive undertakings, may not be
successful  and/or  could  be  abandoned.  We  may  also  experience  difficulties  during  the  implementation,  upgrade  or
subsequent operation of our systems, including the risk of introducing cybersecurity vulnerabilities into our systems or the
loss of certain functionality, information from our legacy systems and/or efficient interfaces with third party and continuing
systems.  Temporary  processes  or  solutions,  including  manual  operations,  which  may  be  required  to  be  instituted  in  the
short  term  could  also  significantly  increase  the  risk  of  loss  or  corruption  of  data  and  information.  Additionally,  if  such
upgraded  information  technology  systems  fail  to  operate  or  are  unable  to  support  our  growth,  our  store  operations  and
websites could be severely disrupted, and we could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remedy any
such failure.
Risks Related to our Sourcing and Distribution Strategies
Our  reliance  on  third  party  producers  in  foreign  countries  to  meet  our  production  demands  exposes  us  to  risks  that
could disrupt our supply chain, increase our costs and negatively impact our operations.
We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries.
Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, we do not have long-term supply contracts
but instead conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production
capacity of independent manufacturers. We also depend on the ability of these third party producers to secure a sufficient
supply  of  raw  materials,  adequately  finance  the  production  of  goods  ordered  and  maintain  sufficient  manufacturing  and
shipping  capacity,  and  in  some  cases,  the  products  we  purchase  and  the  raw  materials  that  are  used  in  our  products  are
available  only  from  one  source  or  a  limited  number  of  sources.  Although  we  monitor  production  in  third  party
manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers,
such as the reduction of available production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality
control,  failures  to  meet  production  deadlines  or  increases  in  manufacturing  costs.  In  addition,  we  may  experience
disruptions  in  our  supply  chain  as  we  continue  to  diversify  the  jurisdictions  from  which  we  source  products.  Any  such
difficulties  may  impact  our  ability  to  deliver  quality  products  to  our  customers  on  a  timely  basis,  increase  our  costs,
negatively impact our customer relationships and result in lower net sales and profits.
Our  operations  are  dependent  on  the  global  supply  chain,  and  the  impact  of  supply  chain  constraints  may
adversely impact our business and operating results.
Our  operations  in  recent  years  have  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  impacted  by  supply  chain  constraints,  labor
shortages and raw material shortages, resulting in increased costs for raw materials, longer lead times, port congestion and
increased  freight  costs.  As  a  result  of  these  factors  within  the  global  supply  chain,  our  gross  margins  may  be  adversely
impacted. We also rely on logistics providers to transport our products to our distribution centers. Delays in shipping may
cause us to have to use more expensive air freight or other more costly methods to ship our products. Failure to adequately
produce  and  timely  ship  our  products  to  customers  could  lead  to  increased  costs  and  lost  sales,  negatively  impact  our
relationships with customers, and adversely impact our brand reputation.
33
Table of Contents
Any  disruption  or  failure  in  our  primary  distribution  facilities  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business  or
operations.
We rely on our primary distribution facilities in order to support our direct to consumer and wholesale operations,
meet customer fulfillment expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve operating efficiencies. We may have
a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities, as substantially all of our products for
each operating group are distributed through one or two principal distribution centers. Although we continue to enhance
our  enterprise  order  management  capabilities  to  deliver  products  from  other  physical  locations,  our  ability  to  effectively
support  our  direct  to  consumer  and  wholesale  operations,  meet  customer  expectations,  manage  inventory  and  achieve
objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these distribution facilities, each of which manages
the  receipt,  storage,  sorting,  packing  and  distribution  of  finished  goods.  In  addition,  initiatives  to  build  new  distribution
centers  or  enhance  existing  distribution  centers,  such  as  our  multi-year  project  to  build  a  new  distribution  center  in  the
Southeastern  United  States  that  will  provide  significant  or  exclusive  support  for  all  of  our  brands,  or  to  transition
operations  among  distribution  facilities  or  third  party  service  providers,  may  be  subject  to  delays,  cost  overruns,  supply
chain  disruptions  or  inability  to  obtain  labor  or  materials  which  could  result  in  substantial  expense  to  us,  disrupt  our
operations  and  divert  the  attention  of  our  management.  In  addition,  we  may  face  challenges  integrating  the  distribution
center with the systems supporting our brands and transitioning operations to the distribution center around peak selling
seasons, and there can be no assurance that any such investments will achieve anticipated efficiencies.  
If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for
any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, pandemics or epidemics, human error, or cybersecurity
attacks  or  computer  viruses,  or  if  we  are  unable  to  receive  or  ship  the  goods  in  a  distribution  center,  as  a  result  of  a
technology failure, labor shortages or otherwise, we could experience a substantial loss of inventory, a reduction in sales,
higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with
the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs
associated  with  these  large,  highly  automated  distribution  centers,  and  we  could  experience  reduced  operating  and  cost
efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation
could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.
Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our
costs.
We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics
used in our business are cotton, silk, linen, polyester, cellulosic fibers, leather, and other natural and man-made fibers, or
blends of two or more of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials
used to produce them. The cost of the materials and components that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-
related  commodity  prices  and  other  raw  materials,  such  as  dyes  and  chemicals,  and  other  costs,  can  fluctuate.  We
historically  have  not  entered  into  any  futures  contracts  to  hedge  commodity  prices.  In  recent  years,  we  experienced
increased costs of raw materials, including cotton, that impacted our production costs. These price increases could continue
in future years.
Employment  costs  represented  more  than  40%  of  our  consolidated  SG&A  in  Fiscal  2023,  and  we  have  seen
increases in the cost of labor in our retail, restaurant and distribution center operations as well as at many of our suppliers
in  recent  years.  Employment  costs  are  affected  by  labor  markets,  as  well  as  various  federal,  state  and  foreign  laws
governing  matters  such  as  minimum  wage  rates,  overtime  compensation  and  other  requirements.  In  addition,  in  recent
years, there has been significant political pressure and legislative action to increase the minimum wage rate in many of the
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  have  also  experienced  increases  in  freight  costs  and  distribution  and  logistics
functions and may continue to see such cost and capacity pressures. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases
in  our  cost  of  goods  sold,  labor  costs,  occupancy  costs,  other  operational  costs  and  SG&A  items  through  sourcing
initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our
customers, and material increases in our costs may reduce the profitability of our operations and/or adversely impact our
results of operations.
Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.
34
Table of Contents
We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with
whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new
retail  store  and  restaurant  growth  is  dependent  on  timely  construction  of  our  locations.  While  we  are  not  subject  to  any
organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will
not  experience  work  stoppages  or  other  labor  problems  in  the  future  with  our  employees.  In  addition,  potential  labor
disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports or transportation carriers create risks for
our  business,  particularly  if  a  dispute  results  in  work  slowdowns,  lockouts,  strikes  or  other  disruptions  during  our  peak
manufacturing,  shipping  and  selling  seasons.  Further,  we  plan  our  inventory  purchases  and  forecasts  based  on  the
anticipated  timing  of  retail  store  and  restaurant  openings,  which  could  be  delayed  as  a  result  of  a  number  of  factors,
including  labor  disputes  among  contractors  engaged  to  construct  our  locations  or  within  government  licensing  or
permitting offices or the unavailability of qualified contractors due to labor shortages. Any potential labor dispute, either in
our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm
our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.
Our geographic concentration exposes us to certain regional risks.
Our  operations  and  retail  and  restaurant  locations  are  heavily  concentrated  in  the  United  States  and  certain
geographic  areas  within  the  United  States,  including  Florida,  California,  Texas  and  Hawaii  for  our  Tommy  Bahama
operations;  Florida  for  our  Lilly  Pulitzer  operations;  California  for  our  Johnny  Was  operations;  and  Florida  for  our
Emerging  Brands  operations.  Additionally,  the  wholesale  sales  for  our  businesses  are  also  geographically  concentrated,
including in geographic areas where we have concentrations of our own retail store and restaurant locations. Due to these
concentrations, as well as our brands’ association with the resort lifestyle and destinations, we have heightened exposure to
factors  that  impact  these  regions,  including  general  economic  conditions,  weather  patterns,  climate-related  conditions,
natural disasters, public health crises, changing demographics and other factors.
Our  international  operations,  including  foreign  sourcing,  result  in  an  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency
exchange rates.
We  are  exposed  to  certain  currency  exchange  risks  in  conducting  business  outside  of  the  United  States.
Substantially all of our product purchases are from foreign vendors and are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the
U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could
increase  and  we  may  be  unable  to  pass  this  increase  on  to  customers,  which  would  negatively  impact  our  margins.
However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we
pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these
competitors  may  be  able  to  sell  their  products  at  more  competitive  prices.  An  increase  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar
compared to other currencies in which we have sales could also result in lower levels of sales and earnings reported in our
consolidated statements of operations and lower gross margins. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the
business  of  our  independent  manufacturers  by  making  their  purchases  of  raw  materials  more  expensive  and  difficult  to
finance.
Risks Related to Regulatory, Tax and Financial Reporting Matters
Our  business  is  subject  to  various  federal,  foreign,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations,  and  the  costs  of  compliance
with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.
We are subject to an increasing number of evolving and stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including
those  relating  to  labor,  employment,  privacy  and  data  security,  consumer  protection,  marketing,  health,  product
performance,  content  and  safety,  anti-bribery,  taxation,  customs,  logistics  and  other  operational  matters.  These  laws  and
regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to
ensure that we are currently or will in the future be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations in all the states and
countries in which we operate. In addition to the local laws of the foreign countries in which we operate, we are subject to
certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. If any of our international operations, or
35
Table of Contents
our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively
affect our reputation, business and operating results.
We  have  seen  many  new  laws  and  regulations  going  into  effect  or  being  proposed  in  recent  years,  including  in
areas  such  as  consumer  and  data  privacy,  matters  related  to  corporate  responsibility  marketing  and  trade.  We  may  be
required  to  make  significant  expenditures  and  devote  significant  time  and  management  resources  to  comply  with  any
existing or future laws or regulations, and a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or
licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, require a recall of our products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our
costs, negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees or materially limit our ability to operate our business. In
addition, regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or
whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity as a result of such allegations.
Changes in international trade regulation could increase our costs and/or disrupt our supply chain.
Due  to  our  international  sourcing  activities,  we  are  exposed  to  risks  associated  with  changes  in  the  laws  and
regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate.
These  risks  include  imposition  of  antidumping,  countervailing  or  other  duties,  tariffs,  taxes  or  quota  restrictions;
government-imposed restrictions as a result of public health issues; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel
products; restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries; and the issuance of sanctions and trade orders.
Any of these factors may disrupt our supply chain, and we may be unable to offset any associated cost increases by shifting
production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory
actions  or  changes  in  international  trade  regulation  may  provide  our  competitors  with  a  material  advantage  over  us  or
render our products less desirable in the marketplace.
There has been heightened trade tension between the United States and China, from which we sourced 41% of our
products  in  Fiscal  2023  and  from  which  Johnny  Was  has  sourced  more  than  90%  of  its  products  in  recent  years,  with
multiple rounds of increased U.S. tariffs on China-imported goods implemented in 2018 and 2019. It is unclear what, if
any,  additional  actions  might  be  considered  or  implemented,  particularly  in  the  current  geopolitical  environment.
Significant tariffs or other restrictions placed on Chinese imports and any related countermeasures that are taken by China
could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Any  violation  or  perceived  violation  of  our  Supplier  Code  of  Conduct  or  environmental  and  social  compliance
programs, including by our manufacturers or vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our brands.
We have a robust legal, social and environmental compliance program, including a Supplier Code of Conduct and
vendor  compliance  standards.  The  reputation  of  our  brands  could  be  harmed  if  we  or  our  third-party  producers  and
vendors,  substantially  all  of  which  are  located  outside  the  United  States,  fail  to  meet  appropriate  human  rights,
environmental, product safety and product quality standards. Despite our efforts, we cannot ensure that our producers and
vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will
always meet our safety and quality control standards, and any failure to do so could disrupt our supply chain and adversely
affect our business operations.
The presence or perception of forced labor in our supply chain in spite of our efforts to ensure that our third-party
producers and vendors meet human rights and labor standards could result in adverse impacts on our business, including
the  detention  of  goods  at  U.S.  ports  of  entry,  challenges  in  identifying  replacement  vendors  and  harm  to  our  reputation.
While  we  have  diversified  the  jurisdictions  from  which  we  source  products  and  product  inputs,  our  manufacturing
operations remain concentrated in Asia, cotton is among the principal raw materials used in many of our goods and even
the  cotton  used  in  our  products  manufactured  outside  of  China  largely  originates  from  Chinese  fabric  mills.  Starting  in
Fiscal  2020,  the  U.S.  Government  issued  withhold  release  orders  in  response  to  concerns  regarding  forced  labor  in  the
Xinjiang  Uyghur  Autonomous  Region  (the  “XUAR”)  of  China.  The  XUAR  is  a  globally  significant  source  of  cotton
production,  much  of  which  is  controlled  by  the  Xinjiang  Production  and  Construction  Corporation  (“XPCC”)  and  its
affiliates.  The  Uyghur  Forced  Labor  Prevention  Act  (“UFLPA”),  which  was  enacted  in  2021,  created  a  rebuttable
presumption that goods produced in whole or in part in the XUAR or connected with certain listed companies, including
36
Table of Contents
the XPCC and its affiliates, were produced using forced labor and are, therefore, barred from entry into the United States.
Requirements  for  enhanced  supply  chain  traceability,  monitoring  and  risk  screening,  including  pursuant  to  the  UFLPA,
have increased our compliance costs. Furthermore, while we do not knowingly source any products or product inputs from
the XUAR, we have no known involvement with the XPCC, its affiliates or other entity list companies and we prohibit our
suppliers from using forced labor, our supply chain is complex, and we may not have the ability to completely map and
monitor it. We could be subject to penalties, fines or sanctions if any of the producers from which we purchase goods is
found or suspected to have dealings, directly or indirectly, with the XUAR or entity list companies, and any actions taken
by  customs  officials  to  block  the  import  of  products  suspected  of  being  manufactured  with  forced  labor,  whether  or  not
founded, could adversely impact our operations and financial results.
Furthermore,  consumers  are  increasingly  attuned  to  the  environmental  and  social  impact  of  the  products  they
purchase and companies with which they do business. A failure to effectively convey our core principles to our customers
and  investors  or  to  accurately  communicate  our  social  responsibility  and  environmental  sustainability  initiatives  and
respond  to  concerns  raised  about  them,  including  through  our  websites  and  social  media  channels,  could  result  in  a
negative public perception of our brands and products and negatively impact our business.
As a multi-national apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.
As  a  multi-national  apparel  company,  we  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  United  States  and  various  foreign
jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations,
which  requires  a  significant  amount  of  judgment  and  estimation.  In  addition,  we  may  from  time  to  time  modify  our
operations in an effort to minimize our consolidated income tax expense. Our effective income tax rate in any particular
period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or
losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws, regulations or
international  tax  treaties;  the  outcome  of  income  tax  audits;  the  difference  between  the  income  tax  deduction  and  the
previously recognized income tax benefit related to the vesting of equity-based compensation awards; and the resolution of
uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability. Further, changes
to U.S. and foreign tax laws and compliance with new tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense,
cash flows and operations.
Impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.
The  carrying  values  of  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  including  those  recorded  in  connection  with  our
acquisition of a business, are subject to periodic impairment testing. Impairment testing of goodwill and intangible assets
requires us to make estimates about future performance and cash flows that are inherently uncertain and can be affected by
numerous factors, including changes in economic conditions, income tax rates, our results of operations and competitive
conditions  in  the  industry.  In  Fiscal  2023,  we  recognized  $111  million  of  noncash  impairment  charges  for  goodwill  and
intangible  assets  in  connection  with  the  operations  of  Johnny  Was,  which  was  driven  by  the  prevailing  macroeconomic
environment’s impact on near-term expectations for our business operations and higher interest rates. Future impairment
charges may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
Any failure to maintain liquor licenses or comply with applicable regulations could adversely affect the profitability of
our restaurant operations.
The restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all
of our Tommy Bahama restaurants and Marlin Bars serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to
maintain our liquor licenses and other permits depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of
a  liquor  license  or  other  critical  permits  would  adversely  affect  the  profitability  of  that  restaurant.  Additionally,  as  a
participant  in  the  restaurant  industry,  we  face  risks  related  to  food  quality,  food-borne  illness,  injury,  health  inspection
scores and labor relations. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of actual or perceived violations
at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of our other restaurants, as well as
the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.
General Risks
37
Table of Contents
Our  business  depends  on  our  senior  management  and  other  key  personnel,  and  failure  to  successfully  attract,  retain
and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel or to attract, develop and retain personnel to
fulfill other critical functions may have an adverse effect on our operations and ability to execute our strategies.
Our  senior  management  has  substantial  experience  in  the  apparel  and  related  industries,  with  our  Chairman  and
Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for more than 30 years, including in
various executive management capacities. Our success depends on disciplined execution at all levels of our organization,
including our senior management, and continued succession planning. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and
we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us.
While we believe that we have depth within our management team, the unexpected loss of any of our senior management,
or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could harm our business and financial performance. In addition, we may
be  unable  to  retain  or  recruit  qualified  personnel  in  key  areas  such  as  product  design,  sales,  marketing  (including
individuals  with  key  insights  into  digital  and  social  media  marketing  strategies),  distribution,  technology,  sourcing  and
other support functions, which could result in missed sales opportunities and harm to key business relationships.
In  recent  years,  we  have  experienced  staffing  shortages,  higher  turnover  rates  and  challenges  in  recruiting  and
retaining qualified employees at all levels of our organization, which may continue in the future. Our inability or failure to
recruit  and  retain  skilled  personnel,  or  the  still  undeterminable  longer  term  impact  of  our  embracing  remote  and  hybrid
work arrangements on professional development and progression, retention and company culture, could adversely impact
our business, financial performance, reputation, ability to keep up with the needs of our customers and overall customer
satisfaction.
We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.
We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property rights have significant value and are important to our
continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by consumers and retailers. Substantially all of our
consolidated  net  sales  are  attributable  to  branded  products  for  which  we  own  the  trademark.  Therefore,  our  success
depends  to  a  significant  degree  on  our  ability  to  protect  and  preserve  our  intellectual  property.  We  rely  on  laws  in  the
United  States  and  other  countries  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights.  However,  we  may  not  be  able  to  sufficiently  prevent
third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws
do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. We have also experienced challenges with enforcing
our intellectual property rights on third party e-commerce websites, especially those based in foreign jurisdictions. The use
of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage
we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.
We  devote  significant  resources  to  the  registration  and  protection  of  our  trademarks  and  to  anti-counterfeiting
efforts. Despite these efforts, we regularly discover products that infringe our proprietary rights or that otherwise seek to
mimic  or  leverage  our  intellectual  property.  Counterfeiting  and  other  infringing  activities  typically  increase  as  brand
recognition  increases,  and  association  of  our  brands  with  inferior  counterfeit  reproductions  or  third-party  labels  could
adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.
Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from
seeking  to  block  sales  of  our  products  as  violations  of  proprietary  rights.  As  we  extend  our  brands  into  new  product
categories  and  new  product  lines  and  expand  the  geographic  scope  of  the  sourcing,  distribution  and  marketing  of  our
brands’ products, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual
property rights of third parties, including by various third parties who have acquired or claim ownership rights in some of
our trademarks internationally. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our
operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties, license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property
rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or
within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in
substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.
We are subject to periodic litigation, which may cause us to incur substantial expenses or unexpected liabilities.
38
Table of Contents
From  time  to  time,  we  are  involved  in  litigation  matters,  which  may  relate  to  employment  practices,  consumer
protection, intellectual property infringement, product liability and contract disputes, and which may include a class action,
and we are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business operations.
Often,  these  cases  raise  complex  factual  and  legal  issues  and,  due  to  the  inherent  uncertainties  of  litigation,  we  cannot
accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings. Regardless of the outcome or whether the claims have
merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and require significant management time.
Our common stock price may be highly volatile, and we may be unable to meet investor and analyst expectations.
Our  common  stock,  which  is  currently  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  may  be  subject  to  extreme  and
unpredictable  fluctuations  in  price.  The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  decline,  or  litigation  may  ensue,  if  the
results  of  our  operations  or  projected  results  do  not  meet  the  expectations  of  securities  analysts  or  our  shareholders,
investors are unreceptive to an announcement of changes in our business or our strategic initiatives or securities analysts
who  follow  our  company  change  their  ratings  or  estimates  of  our  future  performance.  Our  stock  price  may  also  change
suddenly  as  a  result  of  other  factors  beyond  our  control,  including  general  economic  conditions,  new  or  modified
legislation impacting our industry, announcements by our competitors, or sales of our stock by existing shareholders.
The  stock  market  has  also  experienced  periods  of  general  volatility  which  result  in  fluctuations  in  stock  prices
unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  operating  performance.  We  cannot  provide  assurances  that  there  will  continue  to  be  an
active  trading  market  for  our  stock,  and  the  price  of  our  common  stock  may  also  be  affected  by  illiquidity  or  perceived
illiquidity of our shares. In addition, although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in
July 1960, we may discontinue or reduce dividend payments based upon several factors, including the terms of our credit
facility  and  applicable  law,  the  need  for  funding  for  our  strategic  initiatives  or  other  capital  expenditures  and  our  future
cash needs. Any modification or suspension of dividends could cause our stock price to decline. We also may be subject,
from time to time, to legal and business challenges or disruptions in the operation of our company due to actions instituted
by activist shareholders or others.
Other factors may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Other risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, could negatively impact our business and financial
performance, including changes in social, political, labor, health and economic conditions; changes in the operations or
liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties;
increasing costs of customer acquisition, activation and retention; consolidation in the retail industry; and other factors.
Any of these risks, and others of which we are not aware or that we currently consider to be immaterial, could, individually
or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
39
Table of Contents
Item 1C.   Cybersecurity
We maintain a comprehensive process for identifying, assessing, and managing material risks from cybersecurity
threats. We obtain input, as appropriate, for our cybersecurity risk management program from threat intelligence services,
cybersecurity  consultants,  and  multiple  external  sources.  Our  cybersecurity  program  is  managed  by  our  Head  of  Cyber
Security, whose team is responsible for leading enterprise-wide cybersecurity strategy, risk assessment, and management
policies,  standards,  architecture,  and  processes.  The  Head  of  Cyber  Security  has  a  master’s  degree  in  cybersecurity,
maintains  industry  certifications,  and  has  over  20  years  of  prior  work  experience  in  various  roles  involving  information
technology, cybersecurity, and compliance. We augment our cybersecurity team with consultants, contract resources, and
managed  security  service  providers  when  needed.  Our  executive  leadership  team,  along  with  input  the  Head  of  Cyber
Security,  are  responsible  for  our  overall  enterprise  risk  management  system  and  processes  and  regularly  consider
cybersecurity risks in the context of other material risks to the company.
Our Board has delegated to its Audit Committee oversight responsibility for cyber risks and incidents relating to
cybersecurity threats, including compliance with disclosure requirements. The Head of Cyber Security provides quarterly
reports to our Audit Committee regarding cyber risk trends, technology security risks, projects to continually enhance our
information security systems, cybersecurity strategy, and the emerging threat landscape. The Audit Committee reports any
findings  and  recommendations,  as  appropriate,  to  the  full  Board  for  consideration.  Our  cybersecurity  program  is
periodically  evaluated  by  internal  and  external  resources  to  evaluate  and  enhance  the  effectiveness  of  our  information
security policies, controls, and procedures. The results of those reviews are reported to senior management and the Audit
Committee. As part of our cyber risk management program, we track and log security incidents across our enterprise and
perform  third-party  risk  assessments  to  identify  and  attempt  to  mitigate  risks  from  third  parties  such  as  vendors  and
suppliers.
Despite our efforts, we cannot eliminate all risks from cybersecurity threats or incidents or provide assurances that
we have not experienced an undetected cybersecurity incident. In addition, while we have implemented a risk management
process  to  mitigate  cybersecurity  risks  that  arise  from  utilizing  third  party  service  providers,  suppliers,  and  vendors,  our
control  over  and  ability  to  monitor  the  security  posture  of  third  parties  with  whom  we  do  business  remains  limited  and
there can be no assurance that we can prevent, mitigate, or remediate the risk of any compromise or failure in the security
infrastructure owned or controlled by such third parties.
For more information on our cybersecurity related risks, see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Report.
Item 2.   Properties
We lease and own space for our direct to consumer locations, distribution centers, and sales/administration offices
in various locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will
be adequate for our present level of operations.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for our direct to consumer operations, including
leases for full-price retail store, food and beverage and outlet store space. The leases have varying terms and expirations
and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions. At times,
we  may  determine  that  it  is  appropriate  to  close  certain  direct  to  consumer  or  other  locations  that  no  longer  meet  our
investment  criteria,  by  either  not  renewing  the  lease,  exercising  an  early  termination  option,  negotiating  an  early
termination  or  otherwise.  Despite  prevailing  market  conditions  becoming  increasingly  competitive  and  commanding
significantly higher rents for the most desired properties, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our leases for existing
leases  in  desirable  locations,  to  the  extent  that  they  expire  in  the  near  future,  on  terms  that  are  satisfactory  to  us,  or  if
necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. The terms and conditions of lease renewals or relocations may
not be as favorable as existing leases.
40
Table of Contents
Details of the principal administrative, sales and distribution facilities used in our operations, including
approximate square footage, are as follows:
Location
Seattle, Washington
Auburn, Washington (1)
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania
Los Angeles, California
Los Angeles, California
Atlanta, Georgia
Lyons, Georgia
Primary Use
  Sales/administration
  Distribution center
Sales/administration and
distribution center
Sales/administration
Administration and
distribution center
  Sales/administration
  Distribution center
Operating Group
  Tommy Bahama
  Tommy Bahama
  Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Johnny Was
  Corporate/Other
  Various
Square
Footage
 125,000  
 335,000  
 160,000  
 30,000
 70,000
 30,000  
 420,000  
Lease
Expiration
2026 
2025 
Owned 
2032
2025
2026
Owned 
(1) The lease on the Auburn, Washington Distribution center was extended in Fiscal 2024 through Fiscal 2035.
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business.
These  actions  may  relate  to  trademark  and  other  intellectual  property,  employee  relations  matters,  real  estate,  licensing
arrangements,  importing  or  exporting  regulations,  product  safety  requirements,  taxation  or  other  topics.  We  are  not
currently  a  party  to  any  litigation  or  regulatory  action  or  aware  of  any  proceedings  contemplated  by  governmental
authorities  that  we  believe  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  position,  results  of
operations or cash flows. However, our assessment of any litigation or other legal claims could potentially change in light
of  the  discovery  of  additional  factors  not  presently  known  or  determinations  by  judges,  juries,  or  others  which  are  not
consistent with our evaluation of the possible liability or outcome of such litigation or claims.  
Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II
Item  5.      Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity
Securities
Market and Dividend Information
Our  common  stock  is  listed  and  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  "OXM."  As  of
March 24, 2024, there were 255 record holders of our common stock.
On March 25, 2024, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.67 per share payable on May 3, 2024
to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 19, 2024. Although we have paid dividends each quarter since
we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine
that  other  uses  of  our  capital,  including  payment  of  outstanding  debt,  funding  of  acquisitions,  funding  of  capital
expenditures or repurchases of outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and
future  cash  needs  outweigh  the  ability  to  pay  a  dividend;  or  if  the  terms  of  our  credit  facility,  other  debt  instruments  or
applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends or repurchase shares in the short term
subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  our  credit  facility,  other  debt  instruments  and  applicable  law.  All  cash  flow  from
operations  will  not  be  paid  out  as  dividends  or  repurchases  of  our  common  stock.  For  details  about  limitations  on  our
ability  to  pay  dividends,  see  the  discussion  of  our  $325  million  Fourth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (as
amended, the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”) in Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.
41
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during Fiscal 2023.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in
this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover
employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of shares of our stock. During the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023, no shares
were repurchased pursuant to these plans.
As disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2021, and in subsequent filings, on
December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of our stock. This
authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic
expiration.  Pursuant  to  the  Board  of  Directors’  authorization,  in  the  First  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2023,  we  entered  into  a  $20
million  open  market  stock  repurchase  program  (Rule  10b5-1  plan)  to  acquire  shares  of  our  stock.  During  the  Second
Quarter of Fiscal 2023 and the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2023, we repurchased 186,000 and 10,000 shares, respectively, of
our common stock for $19 million and $1 million, respectively. Over the life of the $20 million open market repurchase
program  we  repurchased  196,000  shares,  or  1%,  of  our  outstanding  shares  at  the  commencement  of  the  program  for  an
average price of $102 per share.
During the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023, we did not repurchase any shares of our stock pursuant to this authorization.
After considering the repurchases during Fiscal 2023 as of February 3, 2024, there were no amounts remaining under the
open market repurchase program and $30 million remaining under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
42
Table of Contents
Stock Price Performance Graph
The  graph  below  reflects  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  (assuming  an  initial  investment  of  $100  and  the
reinvestment  of  dividends)  on  our  common  stock  compared  to  the  cumulative  total  return  for  a  period  of  five  years,
beginning  February  2,  2019,  and  ending  February  3,  2024,  of  (1)  The  S&P  SmallCap  600  Index  and  (2)  The  S&P  500
Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.
INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ended
2/1/20      1/30/21      1/29/22      1/28/23     
 91.67  
 106.63  
 92.13  
 88.01  
 131.34  
 90.11  
 111.12  
 142.26  
 88.75  
 164.80  
 141.93  
 64.72  
2/3/24
 138.81
 147.56
 52.88
Company / Index
Oxford Industries, Inc.
S&P SmallCap 600 Index
S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods
Base Period
2/2/19
 100  
 100  
 100  
Item 6.  Reserved
43
    
    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  liquidity  and  capital  resources
compares  Fiscal  2023  to  Fiscal  2022  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements
contained in this report.
The results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources for Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021 are
not included in this report on Form 10-K. For a discussion of our results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital
resources for Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021 and certain other financial information related to Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal
2021, refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II.
Item 7 of our 2022 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 28, 2023, which is available on the SEC’s
website at www.sec.gov and under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.oxfordinc.com.
Business Overview
OVERVIEW
We  are  a  leading  branded  apparel  company  that  designs,  sources,  markets  and  distributes  products  bearing  the
trademarks  of  our  Tommy  Bahama,  Lilly  Pulitzer,  Johnny  Was,  Southern  Tide,  TBBC,  Duck  Head  and  Jack  Rogers
lifestyle brands.
Our business strategy is to drive excellence across a portfolio of lifestyle brands that create sustained, profitable
growth. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by
an  appealing  lifestyle  or  attitude.  Furthermore,  we  believe  lifestyle  brands  that  create  an  emotional  connection  can
command greater loyalty and higher price points and create licensing opportunities. We believe the attraction of a lifestyle
brand  depends  on  creating  compelling  product,  effectively  communicating  the  respective  lifestyle  brand  message  and
distributing  products  to  consumers  where  and  when  they  want  them.  We  believe  the  principal  competitive  factors  in  the
apparel  industry  are  the  reputation,  value,  and  image  of  brand  names;  design  of  differentiated,  innovative  or  otherwise
compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing (including through rapidly shifting digital and social
media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in the apparel
industry  is  dependent  on  our  proficiency  in  foreseeing  changes  and  trends  in  fashion  and  consumer  preference  and
presenting appealing products for consumers. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to
provide exciting, differentiated fashion products each season as well as certain core products that consumers expect from
us.
On September 19, 2022, we acquired Johnny Was. Johnny Was products are sold through the Johnny Was website
and  full-price  retail  stores  and  outlets  as  well  as  select  department  stores  and  specialty  stores.  We  continue  to  execute
acquisition and integration activities in connection with the Johnny Was acquisition, such as investing in distribution and
technology infrastructure. The financial information included in the results of operations discussion below for Fiscal 2022,
includes  only  the  nineteen  weeks  from  the  September  19,  2022  acquisition  through  January  28,  2023.  Therefore,  the
amounts included in the results of operations below for Fiscal 2022 are not indicative of results for a full year. Refer to
Note  4  and  Note  2  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  report  for  additional  information  about  the
Johnny Was acquisition.
During  Fiscal  2023,  80%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  were  through  our  direct  to  consumer  channels  of
distribution,  which  consist  of  our  brand  specific  full-price  retail  stores,  e-commerce  websites  and  outlets,  as  well  as  our
Tommy Bahama food and beverage operations. The remaining 20% of our net sales was generated through our wholesale
distribution  channels,  which  complement  our  direct  to  consumer  operations  and  provide  access  to  a  larger  base  of
consumers. Our wholesale operations consist of sales of products bearing the trademarks of our lifestyle brands to various
specialty stores, better department stores, Signature Stores, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and other retailers.
For  additional  information  about  our  business  and  each  of  our  operating  groups,  see  Part  I,  Item  1.  Business
included in this report. Important factors relating to certain risks which could impact our business are described in Part I,
Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.
44
Table of Contents
Industry Overview
We operate in a highly competitive apparel market that continues to evolve rapidly with the expanding application
of technology to fashion retail. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and
our competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent on
the overall level and focus of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as consumer preferences and regional,
domestic and international economic conditions change. Also, in recent years consumers have chosen to spend less of their
discretionary spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending more on services and other product
categories. Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than
on other industries due, in part, to apparel purchases often being more of a discretionary purchase.
This competitive and evolving environment requires that brands and retailers approach their operations, including
marketing and advertising, very differently than they have historically and may result in increased operating costs and
investments to generate growth or even maintain existing sales levels. While the competition and evolution present
significant risks, especially for traditional retailers who fail or are unable to adapt, we believe it also presents a tremendous
opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment.
The current macroenvironment, with heightened concerns about continuing inflationary trends, a global economic
recession, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and elevated interest rates for prolonged periods, combined
with heightened promotional activity in our industry, is creating a complex and challenging retail environment, which has
impacted our businesses and financial results during Fiscal 2023 and exacerbated some of the inherent challenges to our
operations and may continue to do so in the future. There remains significant uncertainty in the macroeconomic
environment, and the impact of these and other factors could have a major effect on our businesses.
However, we believe our lifestyle brands have true competitive advantages, and we continue to invest in our
brands’ direct to consumer initiatives and distribution capabilities while further leveraging technology to serve our
consumers when and where they want to be served. We continue to believe that our lifestyle brands, with their strong
emotional connections with consumers, are well suited to succeed and thrive in the long term while managing the various
challenges facing our industry in the current environment.
Key Operating Results
The  following  table  sets  forth  our  consolidated  operating  results  (in  thousands,  except  per  share  amounts)  for
Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022:
Net sales
Operating income
Net earnings
Net earnings per diluted share
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
Fiscal
Fiscal 2023
$  1,571,475
 80,982
$
 60,703
$
 3.82
$
 15,906
Fiscal 2022
$  1,411,528
 218,774
$
 165,735
$
 10.19
$
 16,259
Net earnings per diluted share were $3.82 in Fiscal 2023 compared to $10.19 in Fiscal 2022. The 63% decrease in
net earnings per diluted share was primarily due to a 63% decrease in net earnings partially offset by a 2% reduction in
weighted average shares outstanding due to open market share repurchases in Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2023. The decreased
net earnings was primarily due to (1) lower operating income at Johnny Was primarily resulting from the noncash $111
million impairment charge recognized in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023, (2) lower operating income at Tommy Bahama,
Lilly Pulitzer and Emerging Brands, (3) increased interest expense, (4) a higher operating loss at Corporate and Other and
(5) lower royalty income. These decreases were offset by a lower effective tax rate.
During Fiscal 2023 we generated $244 million of cash flows from operations, which exceeded our cash used for
capital expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. With our long history of strong positive cash flows from operations
45
    
    
 
 
Table of Contents
exceeding  cash  requirements  for  capital  expenditures  and  dividends  and  our  strong  balance  sheet,  we  believe  our
anticipated  future  cash  flows  from  operations  will  provide  sufficient  cash  to  satisfy  our  ongoing  operating  cash
requirements, ample funds to continue to invest in our lifestyle brands, the project to build a new distribution center in the
Southeastern  United  States,  direct  to  consumer  initiatives  and  information  technology  projects,  additional  cash  flow  to
repay outstanding debt and sufficient cash for other strategic initiatives.
OPERATING GROUPS
We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for
purposes  of  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance.  Our  operating  group  structure  reflects  a  brand-focused
management  approach,  emphasizing  operational  coordination  and  resource  allocation  across  each  brand’s  direct  to
consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable. Subsequent to our acquisition of Johnny Was in September
2022, our business is organized as our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was and Emerging Brands operating groups.
Operating  results  for  periods  prior  to  Fiscal  2022  also  include  the  Lanier  Apparel  operating  group,  which  we  exited  in
Fiscal  2021.  For  a  more  extensive  description  of  our  reportable  operating  groups  and  Corporate  and  Other,  see  Part  I,
Item 1. Business and Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, both included in this report.
COMPARABLE SALES
We often disclose comparable sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of
operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable sales include net sales from our full-price retail stores and e-
commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that the inclusion of both
full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our
comparable  sales  results,  given  similar  inventory  planning,  allocation  and  return  policies,  as  well  as  our  cross-channel
marketing  and  other  initiatives  for  the  direct  to  consumer  channels.  For  our  comparable  sales  disclosures,  we  exclude
(1) outlet store sales and e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those clearance sales are used primarily to liquidate end of
season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally
occur at lower gross margins than our non-clearance direct to consumer sales, and (2) food and beverage sales, as we do
not  currently  believe  that  the  inclusion  of  food  and  beverage  sales  in  our  comparable  sales  disclosures  is  meaningful  in
assessing our total company operations. Comparable sales information reflects net sales, including shipping and handling
revenues, if any, associated with product sales.
For  purposes  of  our  disclosures,  comparable  sales  consists  of  sales  through  e-commerce  sites  and  any  physical
full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during
the relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to have, (1) a remodel or other event which would
result in a closure for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than
15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion, reduction or relocation to a new retail space or (3) a relocation
to a new space that is significantly different from the prior retail space. For those stores which are excluded based on the
preceding  sentence,  the  stores  continue  to  be  excluded  from  comparable  sales  until  the  criteria  for  a  new  store  is  met
subsequent to the remodel, relocation, or other event. A full-price retail store that is remodeled will generally continue to
be included in our comparable sales metrics as a store is not typically closed for longer than a two-week period during a
remodel; however, a full-price retail store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable sales metrics
until  that  store  has  been  open  in  the  relocated  space  for  the  entirety  of  the  prior  fiscal  year  because  the  size  or  other
characteristics  of  the  store  typically  change  significantly  from  the  prior  location.  Any  stores  that  were  closed  during  the
prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we expect to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, as well as any pop-up
or temporary store locations, are excluded from our comparable sales metrics.
Definitions and calculations of comparable sales differ among retail companies, and therefore comparable sales
metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies.
DIRECT TO CONSUMER LOCATIONS
The table below provides information about the number of direct to consumer locations for our brands as of the
dates specified. For acquired businesses, locations are only included subsequent to the date of acquisition. The amounts
46
Table of Contents
below  include  our  permanent  locations  and  exclude  any  pop-up  or  temporary  store  locations  which  have  an  initial  lease
term of 12 months or less.
Tommy Bahama full-price retail stores
Tommy Bahama retail-food & beverage locations
Tommy Bahama outlets
Total Tommy Bahama locations
Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores
Johnny Was full-price retail stores
Johnny Was outlets
Total Johnny Was locations
Southern Tide full-price retail stores
TBBC full-price retail stores
Total Oxford direct to consumer locations
February 3,
2024
January 28,
2023
January 29,
2022
January 30,
2021
 102  
 22  
 34  
 158  
 60  
 72
 3
 75
 19
 3
 315  
 103  
 21  
 33  
 157  
 59  
 65
 2
 67
 6
 3
 292  
 102  
 21  
 35  
 158  
 58  
 —
 —
 —
 4
 1
 221  
 105
 20
 35
 160
 59
 —
 —
 —
 3
 —
 222
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of operations both in dollars
(in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage
columns may not add due to rounding.
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2021
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
SG&A
Impairment of goodwill and intangible
assets
Royalties and other operating income
Operating income
Interest expense, net
Earnings before income taxes
Income taxes
Net earnings
Net earnings per share
Weighted average shares outstanding -
diluted
$
$
    $ 1,571,475     
 575,890  
 995,585  
 820,705  
 113,611
 19,713  
 80,982  
 6,036  
 74,946  
 14,243  
 60,703  
100.0 %  $  1,411,528     
 36.6 %   
 63.4 %   
 52.2 %   
 522,673  
 888,855  
 692,004  
100.0 %  $ 1,142,079       100.0 %
 38.2 %
 435,861  
 37.0 %   
 61.8 %
 706,218  
 63.0 %   
 50.2 %
 573,636  
 49.0 %   
 —
 7.2 %  
 1.3 %   
 21,923  
 5.2 %   
 218,774  
 0.4 %   
 3,049  
 4.8 %   
 215,725  
 49,990  
 0.9 %   
 3.9 % $  165,735  
 —
 — %  
 1.6 %   
 32,921  
 15.5 %   
 165,503  
 0.2 %   
 944  
 15.3 %   
 164,559  
 33,238  
 3.5 %   
 11.7 % $  131,321  
 — %
 2.9 %
 14.5 %
 0.1 %
 14.4 %
 2.9 %
 11.5 %
 3.82
$
 10.19
$
 7.78
 15,906
 16,259  
 16,869  
47
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents
The following table presents the proportion of our consolidated net sales, including any net sales of Johnny Was
and Lanier Apparel, by distribution channel for each period presented. We have calculated all percentages below on actual
data, and percentages may not add to 100 due to rounding.
Retail
E-commerce
Food & beverage
Wholesale
Total
     Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022      Fiscal 2021 
 39 %  
 34 %  
 7 %  
 20 %  
 100 %  
 39 %  
 33 %  
 8 %  
 20 %  
 100 %  
 39 %
 32 %
 8 %
 20 %
 100 %
FISCAL 2023 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2022
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations
for  Fiscal  2023,  which  includes  53  weeks,  to  Fiscal  2022,  which  includes  52  weeks,  except  where  indicated  otherwise.
Each  dollar  and  share  amount  included  in  the  tables  is  in  thousands  except  for  per  share  amounts.  We  have  calculated
all percentages based on actual data, and percentage columns in tables may not add due to rounding. Individual line items
of  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  including  gross  profit,  may  not  be  directly  comparable  to  those  of  our
competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
Net Sales
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Emerging Brands
Corporate and Other
Consolidated net sales
Fiscal
 Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 898,807
 343,499
 202,859
 126,825
 (515)
 1,571,475
$
$
 880,233
 339,266
 72,591
 116,484
 2,954
 1,411,528
$
$
$ Change
$  18,574  
 4,233  
 130,268  
 10,341  
 (3,469) 
$  159,947  
% Change
 2.1 %
 1.2 %
NM %
 8.9 %
 (117.4)%
 11.3 %
Consolidated net sales were $1.6 billion in the 53 week Fiscal 2023 compared to net sales of $1.4 billion in the 52
week Fiscal 2022. The 11% increase in net sales included (1) a $130 million increase in sales for Johnny Was, which we
owned for 19 out of the 52 weeks of Fiscal 2022 and (2) single-digit percentage increases in each of our Tommy Bahama,
Lilly  Pulitzer,  and  Emerging  Brands  operating  groups.  We  estimate  that  the  53rd  week  in  Fiscal  2023  provided  an
approximate $16 million benefit to our consolidated net sales.
The increase in net sales by distribution channel consisted of the following:
● an  increase  in  full-price  e-commerce  sales  of  $66  million,  or  16%,  including  (1)  a  $53  million  increase  in
full-price  e-commerce  sales  in  Johnny  Was  and  (2)  an  increase  in  full-price  e-commerce  sales  in  Tommy
Bahama and Emerging Brands. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in full-price e-commerce
sales in Lilly Pulitzer;
● an increase in full-price retail store sales of $46 million, or 9%, including (1) a $47 million increase in full-
price retail store sales in Johnny Was and (2) an increase in full-price retail store sales in Emerging Brands.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease in full-price retail sales in Tommy Bahama. Lilly Pulitzer
full-price retail sales were comparable in Fiscal 2023 to Fiscal 2022;
● an increase in wholesale sales of $30 million, or 11%, including (1) a $26 million increase in wholesale sales
for  Johnny  Was  and  (2)  an  increase  in  wholesale  sales  in  Tommy  Bahama.  These  increases  were  partially
offset by a decrease in wholesale sales in Emerging Brands. Lilly Pulitzer wholesale sales were comparable
in Fiscal 2023 to Fiscal 2022;
48
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
● an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $7 million, or 13%;
● an increase in food and beverage sales of $7 million, or 6%; and
● an  increase  in  outlet  sales  of  $7  million,  or  10%,  including  a  $3  million  increase  in  outlet  sales  in  Johnny
Was.
Tommy Bahama:
Tommy Bahama net sales increased $19 million, or 2%, in Fiscal 2023, with an increase in (1) e-commerce sales
of $10 million, or 5%, (2) wholesale sales of $8 million, or 5%, (3) food and beverage sales of $7 million, or 6%, and (4)
outlet sales of $3 million, or 5%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in full-price retail sales of $9 million,
or 3%. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period
presented:
Retail
E-commerce
Food & beverage
Wholesale
Total
Lilly Pulitzer:
     Fiscal 2023      Fiscal 2022  
 45 %  
 25 %  
 13 %  
 17 %  
 100 %  
 46 %
 24 %
 13 %
 17 %
 100 %
Lilly Pulitzer net sales increased $4 million, or 1%, in Fiscal 2023, with an increase in e-commerce flash clearance
sales of $7 million, or 13%. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in full-price e-commerce sales of $3 million, or
3%. Wholesale sales and full-price retail sales were comparable in Fiscal 2023 to Fiscal 2022. The following table presents
the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:
Retail
E-commerce
Wholesale
Total
Johnny Was:
 Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 33 %  
 51 %  
 16 %  
 100 %  
 33 %
 51 %
 16 %
 100 %
Johnny  Was  net  sales  were  $203  million  in  Fiscal  2023.  We  owned  Johnny  Was  for  19  out  of  the  52  weeks  of
Fiscal  2022.  The  following  table  presents  the  proportion  of  net  sales  by  distribution  channel  for  Johnny  Was  for  each
period presented:
Retail
E-commerce
Wholesale
Total
Emerging Brands:
 Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 38 %  
 41 %  
 21 %  
 100 %  
 36 %
 42 %
 22 %
 100 %
Emerging  Brands  net  sales  increased  $10  million,  or  9%,  in  Fiscal  2023,  including  $2  million  of  sales  in  Jack
Rogers that was acquired during the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023. Sales increases in Southern Tide and Duck Head were
49
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
partially offset by a slight sales decrease in TBBC. By distribution channel, the $10 million increase included increases of
(1) $7 million, or 126%, in retail sales as we opened new retail locations and (2) $6 million, or 12%, in e-commerce. These
increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  $3  million,  or  5%,  decrease  in  wholesale  sales  that  includes  the  impact  of  the
acquisition  and  conversion  of  six  former  Southern  Tide  Signature  Store  operations  to  company  owned  retail  stores.  The
following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Emerging Brands for each period presented:
Retail
E-commerce
Wholesale
Total
Corporate and Other:
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 11 %
 43 %  
 46 %  
 100 %  
 6 %
 42 %
 52 %
 100 %
Corporate  and  Other  net  sales  primarily  consist  of  net  sales  to  third  parties  for  our  Lyons,  Georgia  distribution
center operations as well as net sales of our Oxford America business, which we exited in Fiscal 2022. The decrease in net
sales was primarily due to the exit of Oxford America.
Gross Profit
The tables below present gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, as well as
the change between those two periods and gross margin by operating group and in total. Our gross profit and gross margin,
which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as the
statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Emerging Brands
Corporate and Other
Consolidated gross profit
Notable items included in amounts above:
LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other
Inventory step-up charge included in Johnny Was
$
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
 579,118
 226,206
 137,567
 61,798
 (9,104)
 995,585
$
$
 567,557
 225,028
 44,765
 53,012
 (1,507)
 888,855
$
 11,561  
 1,178  
 92,802  
 8,786  
 (7,597) 
$  106,730  
 2.0 %
 0.5 %
NM %
 16.6 %
NM %
 12.0 %
 9,605
$
 — $
 2,667
 4,230
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Emerging Brands
Corporate and Other
Consolidated gross margin
     Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 64.4 %  
 65.9 %  
 67.8 %  
 48.7 %  
NM %
 63.4 %  
 64.5 %
 66.3 %
 61.7 %  
 45.5 %
NM %
 63.0 %
The  increased  gross  profit  of  12%  was  primarily  due  to  the  11%  increase  in  net  sales  as  well  as  increased
consolidated gross margin. The higher gross margin included (1) the higher gross margin of Johnny Was for a full Fiscal
2023  relative  to  only  19  weeks  in  Fiscal  2022,  with  Fiscal  2022  gross  margin  for  Johnny  Was  impacted  by  purchase
accounting, (2) fewer inventory markdowns in the Emerging Brands operating group and (3) reduced freight costs resulting
primarily from lower ocean freight rates. These increases were partially offset by (1) increased e-commerce flash clearance
sales in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) increased sales during the loyalty award, Flip Side marketing, and end of season clearance events
in  Tommy  Bahama  and  (3)  $7  million  in  higher  LIFO  accounting  charges  in  Fiscal  2023  compared  to  Fiscal  2022.  We
estimate that the 53rd week in Fiscal 2023 resulted in approximately $10 million of additional gross profit.
50
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Tommy Bahama:
The  comparable  gross  margin  for  Tommy  Bahama  was  primarily  due  to  increased  sales  during  special  event
promotions, including loyalty award card, Flip Side, Friends & Family and gift with purchase events and end of season
clearance  events.  This  decrease  was  partially  offset  by  (1)  reduced  freight  costs  resulting  primarily  from  lower  ocean
freight rates, (2) improved gross margin at food & beverage locations primarily resulting from lower food costs and (3)
improved gross margin in outlet stores due primarily to the availability of newer product from full-price retail stores.
Lilly Pulitzer:
The lower gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to (1) a change in sales mix with flash clearance sales
representing  a  larger  proportion  of  net  sales,  (2)  higher  loyalty  reward  discounts  driven  by  the  new  loyalty  program
implemented in 2023 and (3) a change in sales mix with off-price sales representing a larger proportion of wholesale sales.
These decreases were partially offset by (1) an increase in initial product margins and (2) reduced freight costs resulting
primarily from lower ocean freight rates.
Johnny Was:
Gross margin for Fiscal 2023 was 67.8% compared to 61.7% in Fiscal 2022 for the 19 weeks from September 19,
2022 through the end of Fiscal 2022. Gross margin in Fiscal 2022 was unfavorably impacted by $4 million of incremental
cost of goods sold resulting from the charge related to the step up of inventory to fair value at acquisition.
Emerging Brands:
The  higher  gross  margin  for  Emerging  Brands  was  primarily  due  to  (1)  fewer  inventory  markdowns  and  (2)  a
change in sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a greater proportion of net sales. This increase was partially
offset  by  lower  gross  margin  on  wholesale  sales  due  to  off-price  wholesale  sales  of  previously  marked  down  inventory
representing a greater proportion of wholesale sales.
Corporate and Other:
The gross profit in Corporate and Other primarily includes the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments, the sales
of  the  Lyons,  Georgia  distribution  center  operations  to  third  parties  and  the  sales  of  the  Oxford  America  business.  The
primary  driver  for  the  decreased  gross  profit  was  the  $7  million  higher  LIFO  accounting  charge.  The  LIFO  accounting
impact  in  Corporate  and  Other  in  each  period  includes  the  net  impact  of  (1)  a  charge  in  Corporate  and  Other  when
inventory that had been marked down in an operating group in a prior period was ultimately sold, (2) a credit in Corporate
and Other when inventory had been marked down in an operating group in the current period, but had not been sold as of
period end and (3) the change in the LIFO reserve.
SG&A
SG&A
SG&A (as a % of net sales)
Notable items included in amounts above:
Amortization of Johnny Was intangible assets
Transaction expenses and integration costs associated
with the Johnny Was acquisition included in Corporate
and Other
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
 820,705
$
 52.2 %   
Fiscal 2022
 692,004
$ Change
$  128,701  
     % Change  
 18.6 %
 49.0 %   
 13,852
$
 5,194
 — $
 2,783
SG&A was $821 million in Fiscal 2023 compared to SG&A of $692 million in Fiscal 2022 with approximately
$85 million, or 66%, of the increase due to the SG&A of Johnny Was. The 19% increase in total SG&A in Fiscal 2023
included the following, each of which includes the SG&A of Johnny Was: (1) increased employment costs of $46 million,
primarily due to increased head count, pay rate increases and other employment cost increases, including in our direct to
51
    
    
    
 
   
  
Table of Contents
consumer and distribution center operations partially offset by lower incentive compensation amounts, (2) a $22 million
increase in advertising expense, (3) a $15 million increase in occupancy expenses, (4) a $12 million increase in variable
expenses related to higher sales, including credit card transaction fees, supplies, commissions, royalties and other expense,
(5) a $9 million increase in amortization of intangible assets, (6) a $6 million increase in depreciation expense and (7) a $5
million  increase  in  administrative  expenses  including  professional  fees,  travel  and  other  items.  These  increases  were
partially offset by the lack of $3 million in transaction expenses associated with the Johnny Was acquisition in Fiscal 2022.
We estimate that the 53rd week in Fiscal 2023 resulted in approximately $11 million of incremental SG&A.
Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and equity method investments
As  a  result  of  the  annual  impairment  assessments  performed  in  the  Fourth  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2023,  noncash
impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets totaling $111 million were recognized in the Johnny Was reporting
unit. The impairment charges for Johnny Was reflect the current challenging macroeconomic environment that has resulted
in  a  more  cautious  consumer  and  elevated  interest  rates  for  prolonged  periods.  The  more  cautious  consumer  has  both
negatively  impacted  Johnny  Was’  wholesale  customers  and  direct  to  consumer  operations  resulting  in  Johnny  Was  not
performing as originally projected for Fiscal 2023 and the moderation of forecasted revenue and operating income in future
years. Interest rates also increased significantly after the acquisition of Johnny Was in September 2022 and have remained
at  elevated  levels,  leading  to  an  increase  in  discount  rates  used  in  our  impairment  analyses.  Refer  to  Note  5  in  the
consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  report  for  additional  disclosure  regarding  the  Johnny  Was  impairment
charges recognized in Fiscal 2023. There were no impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets in Fiscal 2022.
In the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023, we also recognized noncash impairment charges of $2 million related to an
equity  method  investment  in  a  smaller  lifestyle  brand  that  resulted  from  the  entity’s  forecast  of  future  losses.  Refer  to
“Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Entities” in Note 1 in the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure
regarding  the  impairment  charge  recognized  in  Fiscal  2023.  There  were  no  impairment  charges  for  equity  method
investments in Fiscal 2022.
Royalties and other operating income
Royalties and other operating income
Notable items included in amounts above:
Gain on sale of Merida manufacturing facility
$
$
 19,713
 (1,756)
$
$
 21,923
$
 (2,210) 
 (10.1)%
 —
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
Royalties  and  other  operating  income  typically  consist  of  royalty  income  received  from  third  parties  from  the
licensing of our brands. Royalty income in Fiscal 2023 decreased by $2 million primarily due to (1) $2 million of lower
royalties and other operating income in Tommy Bahama resulting from lower sales of our licensing partners and (2) a $2
million  loss  recognized  in  the  Tommy  Bahama  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa  reflected  in  Corporate  and  Other.  The  Tommy
Bahama  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa  was  remodeled  and  rebranded  during  Fiscal  2023  which  led  to  increased  expenses
during  the  remodel  and  relaunch  periods.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  a  $2  million  gain  on  the  sale  of  the
Merida manufacturing facility in Mexico in Fiscal 2023.
52
    
    
    
Table of Contents
Operating income
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Emerging Brands
Corporate and Other
Consolidated operating income
Notable items included in amounts above:
LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other
Inventory step-up charge included in Johnny Was
Amortization of Johnny Was intangible assets
Transaction expenses and integration costs associated
with the Johnny Was acquisition included in Corporate
and Other
Johnny Was goodwill and intangible asset impairment
charge
Impairment of investment in unconsolidated entity
Gain on sale of Merida manufacturing facility
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 160,543
 56,110
 (104,776)
 6,714
 (37,609)
 80,982
$
$
 9,605
$
 — $
$
 13,852
 172,761
 67,098
 (1,544)
 15,602
 (35,143)
 218,774
 2,667
 4,230
 5,194
 — $
 2,783
$
 111,136
 2,475
$
 (1,756) $
 —
 —
 —
$ Change
$  (12,218) 
 (10,988) 
 (103,232) 
 (8,888) 
 (2,466) 
$  (137,792) 
     % Change  
 (7.1)%
 (16.4)%
NM %
 (57.0)%
NM %
 (63.0)%
Operating  income  was  $81  million  in  Fiscal  2023  compared  to  $219  million  in  Fiscal  2022.  The  decreased
operating  income  included  lower  operating  income  in  all  operating  groups  including  an  increased  operating  loss  in
Corporate and Other. Changes in operating income (loss) by operating group are discussed below.
Tommy Bahama:
Net sales
Gross profit
Gross margin
Operating income  
Operating income as % of net sales
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
 898,807
 579,118
$
$
64.4 %   
$
17.9 %   
 160,543
 880,233
 567,557
$
$
 64.5 %   
$
19.6 %   
 172,761
 18,574  
 11,561
 2.1 %
 2.0 %
 (12,218) 
 (7.1)%
The  decreased  operating  income  for  Tommy  Bahama  was  primarily  due  to  (1)  increased  SG&A  and  (2)  lower
royalty income. These decreases were partially offset by higher sales. The increased SG&A was primarily due to (1) $14
million  of  increased  employment  costs,  (2)  a  $4  million  increase  in  advertising  expense,  (3)  $4  million  of  increased
variable  expenses  and  (4)  a  $1  million  increase  in  occupancy  expenses.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  $3
million decrease in administrative expenses including professional fees, travel and other items.
Lilly Pulitzer:
Net sales
Gross profit
Gross margin
Operating income
Operating income as % of net sales
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
 343,499
 226,206
$
$
65.9 %   
$
16.3 %   
 56,110
 339,266
 225,028
$
$
 66.3 %   
$
19.8 %   
 67,098
 4,233  
 1,178
 1.2 %
 0.5 %
 (10,988) 
 (16.4)%
The decreased operating income for Lilly Pulitzer was due to (1) increased SG&A and (2) lower gross margin.
These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  higher  sales.  The  increased  SG&A  was  primarily  due  to  (1)  $4  million  of
increased employment costs, (2) $4 million of increased depreciation and (3) $2 million of increased variable expenses.
53
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
    
    
 
   
  
 
   
  
    
    
    
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents
Johnny Was:
Net sales
Gross profit
Gross margin
Operating loss
Operating loss as % of net sales
Notable items included in amounts above:
Johnny Was goodwill and intangible asset
impairment charge
Inventory step-up charge included in Johnny Was
Amortization of Johnny Was intangible assets
$
$
$
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
     % Change  
 202,859
 137,567
$
$
67.8 %   
$
(51.6)%   
 (104,776)
 111,136
$
 — $
$
 13,852
$ Change
 130,268  
 92,802
 72,591
 44,765
$
$
61.7 %   
NM %
NM %
 (1,544)
$  (103,232) 
NM %
(2.1)%   
 —
 4,230
 5,194
The operating results for Johnny Was in Fiscal 2023 include a full year of operations. Fiscal 2022 only included
the 19 weeks from September 19, 2022, through the end of the fiscal year. The lower operating results for Johnny Was in
Fiscal 2023 were primarily due to (1) the $111 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets in the Fourth
Quarter of Fiscal 2023, (2) a $9 million increase in amortization of intangible assets and (3) $1 million of costs associated
with  the  implementation  of  a  new  e-commerce  platform.  These  decreases  were  offset  by  the  absence  of  $4  million  of
inventory step-up charges recorded in Fiscal 2022.
Emerging Brands:
Net sales
Gross profit
Gross margin
Operating income  
Operating income as % of net sales
Notable items included in amounts above:
Impairment of investment in unconsolidated entity
$
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
 126,825
 61,798
$
$
48.7 %   
$
5.3 %   
 6,714
 116,484
 53,012
$
$
45.5 %   
$
13.4 %   
 15,602
 10,341  
 8,786
 8.9 %
 16.6 %
 (8,888) 
 (57.0)%
 2,475
$
 —  
The  decreased  operating  income  for  Emerging  Brands  was  due  to  (1)  increased  SG&A  and  (2)  an  impairment
charge in an unconsolidated entity. These decreases were partially offset by (1) higher sales and (2) higher gross margin.
The increased SG&A included (1) higher SG&A associated with new retail store operations, including related employment
costs,  occupancy  costs  and  administrative  expenses,  (2)  higher  advertising  expense  and  (3)  increased  variable  expenses
resulting from increased sales.
54
    
    
    
 
   
 
   
  
    
    
    
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
Table of Contents
Corporate and Other:
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
Net sales
Gross profit
Operating loss
Notable items included in amounts above:
LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other
Transaction expenses and integration costs
associated with the Johnny Was acquisition
Gain on sale of Merida manufacturing facility
$
$
$
$
$
$
 (515)
 (9,104)
 (37,609)
 9,605
$
$
$
$
 — $
$
 (1,756)
 2,954
 (1,507)
 (35,143)
$
$
$
 (3,469) 
 (7,597)
 (2,466) 
 (117.4)%
NM %
NM %
 2,667
 2,783
 —
The  increased  operating  loss  in  Corporate  and  Other  was  primarily  a  result  of  (1)  the  $7  million  higher  LIFO
accounting charge in Fiscal 2023 relative to Fiscal 2022 and (2) a $2 million equity investment loss associated with the
Tommy Bahama Miramonte Resort & Spa. This decrease was partially offset by (1) decreased SG&A, including decreased
incentive compensation amounts, (2) a $2 million gain on the sale of the Merida manufacturing facility in Mexico and (3)
the lack of $3 million of transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition incurred in
Fiscal 2022.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
$
 6,036
$
 3,049
$
 2,987  
 98.0 %
The higher interest expense in Fiscal 2023 was primarily due to a higher average outstanding debt balance and
increased interest rates during Fiscal 2023 than Fiscal 2022. We expect average debt levels in Fiscal 2024 to be lower than
Fiscal 2023.
Income taxes
Income tax expense
Effective tax rate
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
$ Change
     % Change  
$
 14,243
$
 19.0 %   
 49,990
$
 23.2 %   
 (35,747) 
 (71.5)%
Both Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022 benefitted from the net favorable impact of certain items that resulted in a lower
tax rate than the more typical annual effective tax rate of approximately 25%. Thus, the effective tax rates for Fiscal 2023
and Fiscal 2022 are not indicative of the effective tax rate expected in future periods. Refer to Note 11 of our consolidated
financial statements included in this report for our income tax rate reconciliation and other information about our income
tax expense for Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022.
The  income  tax  expense  in  Fiscal  2023  included  the  benefit  of  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock  awards  at  a  price
significantly higher than the grant date fair value, the favorable utilization of research and development tax credits, changes
in the fair value of life insurance policies associated with our deferred compensation plans and certain adjustments to the
U.S.  taxation  on  foreign  earnings.   These  favorable  items  were  partially  offset  by  unfavorable  items  related  to  the  non-
deductible amounts associated with executive compensation.  
The income tax expense in Fiscal 2022 included the benefit of the reversal of $2 million of valuation allowances
associated  with  net  operating  loss  carry-forward  amounts,  the  utilization  of  net  operating  loss  carry-forward  amounts  to
offset current year income in certain jurisdictions, a favorable provision to return adjustment and the impact of the vesting
of  employee  stock  awards.  These  favorable  items  were  partially  offset  by  various  unfavorable  items  related  to  non-
deductible amounts associated with executive compensation, changes in the fair value of life insurance policies associated
with our deferred compensation plans and other items.
55
    
    
    
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
  
Table of Contents
Net earnings
Net sales
Operating income
Net earnings
Net earnings per diluted share
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
$
$
$
$
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
 1,571,475
 80,982
 60,703
 3.82
 15,906
$
$
$
$
 1,411,528
 218,774
 165,735
 10.19
 16,259
Net earnings per diluted share were $3.82 in Fiscal 2023 compared to $10.19 in Fiscal 2022. The 63% decrease in
net  earnings  per  diluted  share  included  a  63%  decrease  in  net  earnings  as  well  as  a  2%  reduction  in  weighted  average
shares outstanding due to open market share repurchases in Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2023. The decreased net earnings were
primarily  due  to  (1)  lower  operating  income  at  Johnny  Was  primarily  due  to  the  $111  million  Johnny  Was  impairment
charge recognized in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023, (2) lower operating income at Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, and
Emerging Brands, (3) increased interest expense, (4) a higher operating loss at Corporate and Other and (5) lower royalty
income. These decreases were partially offset by a lower effective tax rate.
FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our  primary  source  of  revenue  and  cash  flow  is  through  our  design,  sourcing,  marketing  and  distribution  of
branded  apparel  products  bearing  the  trademarks  of  our  Tommy  Bahama,  Lilly  Pulitzer,  Johnny  Was,  Southern  Tide,
TBBC, Duck Head and Jack Rogers lifestyle brands. We primarily distribute our products to our customers via direct to
consumer channels of distribution, but we also distribute our products via wholesale channels of distribution.
Our  primary  uses  of  cash  flow  include  the  purchase  of  our  branded  apparel  products  from  third  party  suppliers
located  outside  of  the  United  States,  as  well  as  operating  expenses,  including  employee  compensation  and  benefits,
operating lease commitments and other occupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, information technology
costs, variable expenses, distribution costs, other general and administrative expenses and the periodic payment of interest.
Additionally, we use our cash to fund capital expenditures and other investing activities, dividends, share repurchases and
repayment of indebtedness, if any. In the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory, extend credit
to our wholesale customers and pay our operating expenses. Thus, we require a certain amount of ongoing working capital
to operate our business. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest working capital requirements to
support  our  larger  spring,  summer  and  holiday  direct  to  consumer  seasons.  Our  capital  needs  depend  on  many  factors
including  the  results  of  our  operations  and  cash  flows,  future  growth  rates,  the  need  to  finance  inventory  levels  and  the
success of our various products.
We have a long history of generating sufficient cash flows from operations to satisfy our cash requirements for our
ongoing  capital  expenditure  needs  as  well  as  payment  of  dividends  and  repayment  of  our  debt.  Thus,  we  believe  our
anticipated future cash flows from operating activities will provide (1) sufficient cash over both the short and long term to
satisfy  our  ongoing  operating  cash  requirements,  (2)  ample  funds  to  continue  to  invest  in  our  lifestyle  brands,  direct  to
consumer  initiatives  and  information  technology  projects,  (3)  additional  cash  flow  to  repay  outstanding  debt  and  (4)
sufficient cash for other strategic initiatives. Also, if cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts
under  our  $325  million  Fourth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (as  amended,  the  “U.S.  Revolving  Credit
Agreement”), subject to its terms, which is described below.
Working Capital
($ in thousands)
Total current assets
Total current liabilities
Working capital
Working capital ratio
     February 3,
2024
$  293,115
$  240,644
 52,471
$
 1.22
January 28,
2023
$  330,463
$  269,639
 60,824
$
 1.23
$ Change
% Change  
$
$
 (37,348) 
 (28,995) 
 (8,353) 
 (11.3)%
 (10.8)%
 (13.7)%
56
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents
Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. Current assets as
of  February  3,  2024  decreased  from  January  28,  2023  primarily  due  to  decreased  inventories  of  $61  million.  These
decreases were partially offset by an increase in (1) receivables of $19 million and (2) prepaid expenses and other current
assets of $5 million. Current liabilities as of February 3, 2024 decreased from January 28, 2023 primarily due to decreases
in (1) accrued compensation of $11 million driven primarily by decreased accrued incentive compensation, (2) accounts
payable of $9 million and (3) current operating lease liabilities of $9 million.
Balance Sheet
The  following  tables  set  forth  certain  information  included  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  (in  thousands).
Below  each  table  are  explanations  for  any  significant  changes  in  the  balances  as  of  February  3,  2024  as  compared  to
January 28, 2023.
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Inventories, net
Income tax receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
     February 3,
2024
$
 7,604
 63,362
 159,565
 19,549
 43,035
$  293,115
January 28,
2023
$
 8,826
 43,986
 220,138
 19,440
 38,073
$  330,463
$ Change
% Change  
$
$
 (1,222) 
 19,376  
 (60,573) 
 109
 4,962  
 (37,348) 
 (13.8)%
 44.1 %
 (27.5)%
 0.6 %
 13.0 %
 (11.3)%
Cash and cash equivalents were $8 million as of February 3, 2024, compared to $9 million as of January 28, 2023.
The  cash  and  cash  equivalents  balance  as  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023  represent  typical  cash  amounts
maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations, which generally ranges from $5 million to $10 million at any given time.
Any excess cash is generally used to repay amounts outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
The  increased  receivables,  net  as  of  February  3,  2024,  was  primarily  due  to  (1)  higher  wholesale  trade  receivables
resulting primarily from higher wholesale sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023,
(2)  increased  tenant  improvement  allowance  receivables  due  from  landlords  resulting  from  our  increased  store  openings
during  Fiscal  2023  and  (3)  an  insurance  claim  filed  as  a  result  of  the  wildfire  on  the  island  of  Maui  that  destroyed  the
Tommy Bahama Marlin Bar in Lahaina, Hawaii in the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2023.
Inventories, net, included a $83 million and $76 million LIFO reserve as of February 3, 2024, and January 28, 2023,
respectively. Inventories decreased in our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Emerging Brands operating groups primarily
due to continuing initiatives to focus on closely managing inventory purchases and reducing on-hand inventory levels. We
believe that inventory levels in all operating groups are appropriate to support anticipated sales plans.
The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of February 3, 2024, was primarily due to an increase in
prepaid software costs.  
57
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Non-current Assets:
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Operating lease assets
Other assets, net
Deferred income taxes
Total non-current assets
     February 3,
2024
$  195,137
 262,101
 27,190
 263,934
 32,188
 24,179
$  804,729
January 28,
2023
$  177,584
 283,845
 120,498
 240,690
 32,209
 3,376
$  858,202
$ Change
% Change  
$
$
 17,553  
 (21,744) 
 (93,308) 
 23,244
 (21)
 20,803  
 (53,473) 
 9.9 %
 (7.7)%
 (77.4)%
 9.7 %
 (0.1)%
 616.2 %
 (6.2)%
Property and equipment, net as of February 3, 2024, increased primarily due to the capital expenditures exceeding
depreciation during Fiscal 2023.
The decrease in goodwill and intangible assets, net as of February 3, 2024, was primarily due to the $99 million
and $12 million goodwill and intangible assets, net, impairment charges in Johnny Was during Fiscal 2023, respectively, as
discussed in Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report. Intangible assets, net as of February 3,
2024,  further  decreased  due  to  the  amortization  of  intangible  assets  acquired  in  the  acquisition  of  Johnny  Was.  The
decrease in goodwill resulting from the Johnny Was impairment charge was partially offset by (1) the acquisition of Jack
Rogers, (2) the acquisition of six former Southern Tide signature stores and (3) measurement period adjustments related to
the acquisition of Johnny Was.
Operating lease assets as of February 3, 2024, increased primarily due to the addition of new leased locations, or
the extension of existing leased locations, exceeding the recognition of amortization related to existing operating leases and
the termination or reduced term of certain operating leases.
Deferred  income  taxes  increased  as  of  February  3,  2024,  due  primarily  to  the  impairment  of  the  Johnny  Was
goodwill and intangible asset balances that resulted in a change from a net deferred income tax liability position to a net
deferred income tax asset position.
Liabilities:
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Total liabilities
     February 3,
2024
$  240,644
 29,304
 243,703
 23,279
 —
$  536,930
January 28,
2023
$  269,639
 119,011
 220,709
 20,055
 2,981
$  632,395
$ Change
% Change  
$
$
 (28,995) 
 (89,707) 
 22,994  
 3,224  
 (2,981)
 (95,465) 
 (10.8)%
 — %
 10.4 %
 16.1 %
 (100.0)%
 (15.1)%
Current liabilities decreased as of February 3, 2024, primarily due to (1) decreases in accounts payable, which was
primarily  due  to  decreased  payables  associated  with  lower  inventory  in  transit,  (2)  decreases  in  accrued  incentive
compensation and (3) lower current operating lease related liabilities resulting from lease payments partially offset by the
addition  and  extension  of  several  leased  locations.  During  Fiscal  2023,  several  new  leased  locations  were  added,  and
several locations were extended, which led to the addition of primarily non-current operating lease liabilities.
The reduction in long-term debt was the result of continuing initiatives to pay down our long-term debt balance.
Deferred  income  taxes  decreased  as  of  February  3,  2024,  due  primarily  to  the  impairment  of  the  Johnny  Was
goodwill and intangible asset balances that resulted in a change from a net deferred income tax liability position to a net
deferred income tax asset position.
58
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Statement of Cash Flows
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  net  cash  flows  resulting  in  the  change  in  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  (in
thousands):
Cash provided by operating activities
Cash used in investing activities
Cash used in financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Fiscal 2023      Fiscal 2022      Fiscal 2021
$  198,006
$  125,610
$  244,284
   (181,572)
   (151,747)
 (83,981)
   (161,172)
 (38,175)
 (11,527)
 (869) $  (37,664) $  (21,741)
$
Cash and cash equivalents were $8 million as of February 3, 2024, compared to $9 million as of January 28, 2023.
Changes  in  cash  flows  in  Fiscal  2023  and  Fiscal  2022  related  to  operating  activities,  investing  activities  and  financing
activities are discussed below.
Operating Activities:
In Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, operating activities provided $244 million and $126 million of cash, respectively.
The cash flow from operating activities for each period primarily consisted of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted,
as applicable, for non-cash activities including impairment charges, depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation,
gains  on  sale  of  assets  and  other  non-cash  items  as  well  as  the  net  impact  of  changes  in  deferred  income  taxes  and
operating assets and liabilities. In Fiscal 2023, changes in operating assets and liabilities had a slightly unfavorable impact
on  cash  flow  from  operations  primarily  driven  by  decreases  in  current  liabilities  and  increases  in  prepaid  expenses  and
receivables partially offset by significant decreases in inventory balances. In Fiscal 2022 the changes in operating assets
and  liabilities  had  a  significant  net  unfavorable  impact  on  cash  flow  from  operations  driven  primarily  by  increases  in
inventory and prepaid expenses.
Investing Activities:
In Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, investing activities used $84 million and $152 million of cash, respectively. On an
ongoing basis, our cash flow primarily consists of our capital expenditures, which totaled $74 million and $47 million in
Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, respectively.
In addition to our capital expenditures in Fiscal 2023, we paid (1) $12 million during Fiscal 2023 associated with
acquisitions,  including  Jack  Rogers  and  six  former  Southern  Tide  Signature  Stores,  and  a  working  capital  settlement
associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Johnny  Was.  We  also  received  $2  million  from  the  sale  of  the  Merida  manufacturing
facility in Mexico. During Fiscal 2022, we paid $264 million for the acquisition of Johnny Was and also converted $165
million of short-term investments into cash to fund a portion of the acquisition.
In Fiscal 2024, our cash flow used in investing activities is expected to primarily consist of our capital expenditure
investments in (1) the multi-year project to build a new distribution center in the Southeastern United States (2) direct to
consumer  operations,  including  opening,  relocating  and  remodeling  locations  and  (3)  information  technology  initiatives,
including e-commerce capabilities.
Financing Activities:
In Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, financing activities used $161 million and $12 million of cash, respectively. In
Fiscal 2023, we repurchased $30 million of shares, including repurchased shares of our stock pursuant to an open market
stock  repurchase  program  and  equity  awards  in  respect  of  employee  tax  withholding  liabilities;  paid  $42  million  of
dividends;  and  paid  $2  million  in  deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  the  amendment  of  the  U.S.  Revolving  Credit
Agreement. In Fiscal 2022, we repurchased $95 million of shares, including repurchased shares of our stock pursuant to an
open market stock repurchase program and of equity awards in respect of employee tax withholding liabilities; paid
59
 
 
 
Table of Contents
$35 million of dividends; and paid $2 million of contingent consideration for the final contingent consideration payment
related to the TBBC acquisition.
If  net  cash  requirements  are  less  than  our  net  cash  flows,  we  may  repay  amounts  outstanding  on  our  U.S.
Revolving Credit Agreement, if any, consistent with our net repayment of $90 million of long-term debt in Fiscal 2023.
Alternatively, to the extent we are in a net debt position and our net cash requirements exceed our net cash flows, we may
borrow amounts from our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement consistent with our borrowing of $119 million in Fiscal 2022
to fund our investing and financing activities that exceeded cash flow from operations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have a long history of generating sufficient cash flows from operations to satisfy our cash requirements for our
ongoing  capital  expenditure  needs  as  well  as  payment  of  dividends  and  repayment  of  our  debt.  Thus,  we  believe  our
anticipated future cash flows from operating activities will provide (1) sufficient cash over both the short and long term to
satisfy our ongoing operating cash requirements, (2) ample funds to continue to invest in our lifestyle brands, the project to
build a new distribution center in the Southeastern United States, direct to consumer initiatives and information technology
projects, (3) additional cash flow to repay outstanding debt and (4) sufficient cash for other strategic initiatives.
Our capital needs depend on many factors including the results of our operations and cash flows, future growth
rates, the need to finance inventory and the success of our various products. To the extent cash flow needs in the future
exceed  cash  flow  provided  by  our  operations,  we  will  have  access,  subject  to  its  terms,  to  our  U.S.  Revolving  Credit
Agreement to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any, and any other investing
or financing activities.
Our cash and debt, as well as availability, levels in future periods will not be comparable to historical amounts,
particularly after the completion of the acquisition of Johnny Was in Fiscal 2022. Further, we continue to assess, and may
possibly  make  changes  to,  our  capital  structure,  which  we  may  achieve  by  borrowing  from  additional  credit  facilities,
selling  debt  or  equity  securities  or  repurchasing  additional  shares  of  our  stock  in  the  future.  Changes  in  our  capital
structure, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other
factors. The amounts involved may be material.
$325 Million U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement
On March 6, 2023, we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to, among other things, mature in March
2028.  As  of  February  3,  2024,  we  had  borrowings  of  $29  million,  issued  standby  letters  of  credit  of  $5  million,  and
availability of $288 million under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement amended
and restated our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Prior Credit Agreement”).
Pursuant to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, the interest rate applicable to our borrowings under the U.S.
Revolving Credit Agreement is based on either the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus an applicable margin of
135 to 185 basis points or prime plus an applicable margin of 25 to 75 basis points.
The  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  generally  (1)  is  limited  to  a  borrowing  base  consisting  of  specified
percentages of eligible categories of assets, (2) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average interest rate of 7% as of
February  3,  2024),  unused  line  fees  and  letter  of  credit  fees  based  upon  average  utilization  or  unused  availability,  as
applicable,  (3)  requires  periodic  interest  payments  with  principal  due  at  maturity  and  (4)  is  secured  by  a  first  priority
security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including accounts
receivable,  books  and  records,  chattel  paper,  deposit  accounts,  equipment,  certain  general  intangibles,  inventory,
investment  property  (including  the  equity  interests  of  certain  subsidiaries),  negotiable  collateral,  life  insurance  policies,
supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, cash and cash equivalents, eligible trademarks, proceeds and other personal
property.
The  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  is  subject  to  several  affirmative  covenants  regarding  the  delivery  of
financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business.
60
Table of Contents
Also, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among
other things, limitations on our ability to (1) incur debt, (2) guaranty certain obligations, (3) incur liens, (4) pay dividends
to shareholders, (5) repurchase shares of our common stock, (6) make investments, (7) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries,
(8) acquire assets or businesses, (9) merge or consolidate with other companies or (10) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem
debt.
Additionally,  the  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  contains  a  financial  covenant  that  applies  only  if  excess
availability under the agreement for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10%
of availability. In such a case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not
be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered.
This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit
Agreement of more than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under the
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we amended
the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 2023 and as of February 3, 2024, no financial covenant testing was
required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement or the Prior Credit Agreement, as applicable, as the minimum
availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 3, 2024, we were compliant with all applicable covenants related
to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Operating Lease Commitments:
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into long-term real estate lease agreements for our direct to consumer
locations, which include both retail store and food and beverage locations, and office and warehouse/distribution space, as
well as leases for certain equipment. Our real estate leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to
extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement at our discretion, among other provisions. Our real estate lease terms are
typically for a period of 10 years or less and typically require monthly rent payments with specified rent escalations during
the lease term. Our real estate leases usually provide for payments of our pro rata share of real estate taxes, insurance and
other  operating  expenses  applicable  to  the  property,  and  certain  of  our  leases  require  payment  of  sales  taxes  on  rental
payments. Also, our direct to consumer location leases often provide for contingent rent payments based on sales if certain
sales  thresholds  are  achieved.  Base  rent  amounts  specified  in  the  leases  are  included  in  determining  the  operating  lease
liabilities  included  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheet,  while  amounts  for  real  estate  taxes,  sales  tax,  insurance,  other
operating  expenses  and  contingent  rent  applicable  to  the  properties  pursuant  to  the  respective  leases  are  not  included  in
determining the operating lease liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets.
These leases require us to make a substantial amount of cash payments on an annual basis.  Base rent amounts
required to be paid in the future over the remaining lease terms under our existing leases as of February 3, 2024, totaled
$368 million, including $79 million, $64 million, $58 million, $45 million and $39 million of required payments in each of
the  next  five  years.  Additionally,  amounts  for  real  estate  taxes,  sales  tax,  insurance,  other  operating  expenses  and
contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases are required to be paid in the future,
but  the  amounts  payable  in  future  periods  are,  in  most  cases,  not  quantified  in  the  lease  agreement  or  are  dependent  on
factors which may not be known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2023 totaled $48 million.
Refer to Note 1 and Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures about our operating
lease agreements and related commitments.
Capital Expenditures:
We  anticipate  capital  expenditures  for  Fiscal  2024  to  increase  compared  to  the  $74  million  in  Fiscal  2023.  The
planned  increase  is  primarily  due  the  commencement  of  a  significant  multi-year  project  at  our  new  Lyons,  Georgia
distribution  center  to  modernize  the  operations  into  a  more  efficient  e-commerce  distribution  center  for  our  brands,
increased investment in our various technology systems initiatives, increased Marlin Bar openings and increases in store
openings in Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was, Southern Tide and TBBC. Our capital expenditure amounts in
61
Table of Contents
future years will fluctuate from the amounts incurred in prior years depending on the investments we believe appropriate
for that year to support future expansion of our businesses.
Dividends:
On March 25, 2024, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.67 per share payable on May 3, 2024
to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 19, 2024.
Although we have paid dividends each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, including $42
million in total, or $2.60 per common share, in Fiscal 2023, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time
if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, funding of acquisitions, funding of
capital  expenditures  or  repurchases  of  outstanding  shares,  may  be  in  our  best  interest;  if  our  expectations  of  future  cash
flows  and  future  cash  needs  outweigh  the  ability  to  pay  a  dividend;  or  if  the  terms  of  our  credit  facility,  other  debt
instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends or repurchase shares in
the short term subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility, other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash
flow from operations will not be paid out as dividends. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the
discussion of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement above and in Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements contained
in this report.
Share Repurchases:
As  disclosed  in  our  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  Third  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2021,  and  in  subsequent
filings, on December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of our
stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no
automatic expiration. Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization, we entered into a $20 million open market stock
repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan) in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2023 to acquire shares of our stock, under which we
repurchased shares of our stock totaling: (1) $19 million in Second Quarter of Fiscal 2023 and (2) $1 million in the Third
Quarter of Fiscal 2023, which completed the purchases pursuant to the open market stock repurchase program. Over the
life of the $20 million open market repurchase program we repurchased 196,000 shares, or 1% of our outstanding shares at
the commencement of the program for an average price of $102 per share.
After considering the repurchases during Fiscal 2023, as of February 3, 2024, there were no amounts remaining
under the open market repurchase program and $30 million remaining under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
Other Liquidity Items:
We  have  not  entered  into  agreements  which  meet  the  SEC’s  definition  of  an  off  balance  sheet  financing
arrangement,  other  than  operating  leases,  and  have  made  no  financial  commitments  or  guarantees  with  respect  to  any
unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these
financial  statements  requires  the  selection  and  application  of  accounting  policies.  Further,  the  application  of  GAAP
requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  about  future  events  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,
revenues and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and various
other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible
that  other  professionals,  applying  reasonable  judgment  to  the  same  set  of  facts  and  circumstances,  could  develop  and
support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting
62
Table of Contents
policies.  However,  in  the  event  that  inappropriate  assumptions  or  methods  were  used  relating  to  the  critical  accounting
policies, our consolidated statements of operations could be materially misstated.
A  detailed  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  is  included  in  Note  1  of  our  consolidated  financial
statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant estimates, assumptions and
judgments we use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and food and beverage
operations,  and  wholesale  sales,  as  well  as  royalty  income,  which  is  included  in  royalties  and  other  income  in  our
consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We  recognize  revenue  when  performance  obligations  under  the  terms  of  the
contracts with our customers are satisfied, which generally occurs when we deliver our products to our direct to consumer
and wholesale customers.
In  our  direct  to  consumer  operations,  which  represented  80%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  in  Fiscal  2023,
consumers have certain rights to return product within a specified period and are eligible for certain point of sale discounts.
We make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be
returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires
judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. As of
February  3,  2024,  our  direct  to  consumer  return  reserve  liability  was  $13  million  compared  to  $12  million  as  of
January 28, 2023. A 10% change in the direct to consumer sales return reserve as of February 3, 2024 would have had an
impact of less than $1 million on net earnings in Fiscal 2023.
In  the  ordinary  course  of  our  wholesale  operations,  we  offer  discounts,  allowances  and  cooperative  advertising
support to some of our wholesale accounts for certain products. As certain allowances, other deductions and returns are not
finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts,
allowances and returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately
receive.  Significant  considerations  in  determining  our  estimates  for  these  amounts  for  wholesale  customers  may  include
historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current
economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. As of February 3, 2024, our total
reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $3 million compared to $4 million as of
January 28, 2023. If these allowances changed by 10% it would have had an impact of less than $1 million on net earnings
in Fiscal 2023.
We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and
condition, usually without requiring collateral. We recognize estimated provisions for credit losses based on our historical
collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions, anticipated
trends, and the risk characteristics of the receivables, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. As of
both February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, our provision for credit losses for our wholesale receivables was $1 million. If
the  provision  for  credit  losses  changed  by  10%  it  would  have  had  an  impact  of  less  than  $1  million  on  net  earnings  in
Fiscal 2023.
Inventories, net
For  operating  group  reporting,  our  inventory  is  carried  at  the  lower  of  the  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  cost  or
market.  We  evaluate  the  composition  of  our  inventories  for  identification  of  distressed  inventory  at  least  quarterly.  We
estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of
these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we
must  use  certain  assumptions  considering  historical  experience,  inventory  quantity,  quality,  age  and  mix,  historical  sales
trends,  future  sales  projections,  consumer  and  retailer  preferences,  market  trends,  general  economic  conditions  and  our
anticipated plans to sell the inventory.
63
Table of Contents
For consolidated financial reporting, $146 million, or 92%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of the last-
in, first-out (“LIFO”) cost or market after deducting the $83 million LIFO reserve as of February 3, 2024. The remaining
$13 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 3, 2024. LIFO reserves are
based  on  the  Producer  Price  Index  (“PPI”)  as  published  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor.  We  write  down
inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value.
As of February 3, 2024, we had recorded a reserve of $4 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or
market  method  and  for  inventory  on  the  lower  of  LIFO  cost  or  market  method  with  markdowns  in  excess  of  our  LIFO
reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns would have had an impact of less than $1 million on net earnings
in Fiscal 2023. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method that is not
marked down in excess of our LIFO reserve typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated
financial  statements.  A  change  in  inventory  levels,  the  mix  of  inventory  by  category  or  the  PPI  at  the  end  of  future
fiscal years compared to amounts as of February 3, 2024 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements in the future.
Given  the  significant  amount  of  uncertainty  surrounding  the  year-end  LIFO  calculation,  including  the  estimate
of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each category and the year-end PPI, we have not typically
adjusted  our  LIFO  reserve  in  the  first  three  quarters  of  a  fiscal  year.  However,  due  to  changes  in  the  levels  of  inflation
throughout  Fiscal  2023,  in  addition  to  our  Fourth  Quarter  adjustment  at  the  end  of  Fiscal  2023,  we  also  recognized  an
adjustment to the LIFO reserve in the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2023. Our policy of typically not adjusting the LIFO reserve
at interim periods may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the Fourth Quarter of the fiscal year. We do
recognize changes in markdown reserves during each quarter of the fiscal year as those amounts can be estimated on an
interim basis.
Business Combinations
From time-to-time, we make strategic acquisitions that may have a material effect on our consolidated results of
operations  and  financial  position.  The  measurement  principle  for  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed  in  a
business combination is at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date, with certain exceptions.
At acquisition, we use estimates that can be complex and require significant judgments to record the fair value of
purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, as well as customer relationships and reacquired rights.
The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent
third  party  appraisals  in  some  cases.  Additionally,  at  acquisition  we  must  determine  whether  the  intangible  asset  has  an
indefinite or finite life and account for it accordingly. Refer to Note 5 for additional details about intangible assets.
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a business exceeds the fair value of identified
tangible and intangible assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection
with a business combination depends on the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Refer to “Note 5—
Intangible Assets and Goodwill Intangible Assets and Goodwill” for additional information about our goodwill amounts.
At  acquisition,  assumptions  and  estimates  about  various  items  with  significant  uncertainty  are  required  to
determine the fair value of intangible assets and goodwill. When determining the fair value of intangible assets, including
trademarks, customer relationships and other items, significant assumptions may include our planned use of the asset as
well  as  estimates  of  net  sales,  royalty  income,  operating  income,  growth  rates,  royalty  rates  for  the  trademarks,  a  risk-
adjusted, market-based cost of capital for the discount rates, income tax rates, anticipated cash flows and probabilities of
cash flows, among other factors. Our fair value assessment may also consider any comparable market transactions. The use
of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could result in a material change to the amounts of
intangible assets and goodwill initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
64
Table of Contents
The acquisition method requires us to record provisional amounts for any items for which the accounting is not
complete at the end of a reporting period. We must complete the accounting during the measurement period, which cannot
exceed one year. Adjustments made during the measurement period could have a material impact on our financial condition
and  results  of  operations.  If  our  operating  results,  plans  for  the  acquired  business  and/or  macroeconomic  conditions,
anticipated  results  or  other  assumptions  change  after  an  acquisition,  it  could  result  in  the  impairment  of  the  acquired
intangible assets or goodwill. Also, a change in macroeconomic conditions may not only impact the estimated operating
cash flows used in our cash flow models but may also impact other assumptions used in our analysis, including but not
limited to, the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital and/or discount rates.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net
We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on the first day of the fourth quarter and more
often  if  an  event  occurs  or  circumstances  change  that  indicate  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  below  its  carrying
amount. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill
is impaired to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. We also have the option to
bypass  the  qualitative  assessment  entirely  for  any  reporting  unit  in  any  period  and  proceed  directly  to  performing  the
quantitative  impairment  test.  For  each  impairment  test  of  goodwill  in  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021,  we
bypassed the qualitative test option and instead performed a quantitative test.
When applying the quantitative assessment, we determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an income
approach, or in some cases a combination of an income approach and market approach. The income approach calculates a
value based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows, while the market approach uses earnings multiples of
similarly situated guideline public companies. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves judgment and the use
of  significant  estimates  and  assumptions,  which  include  assumptions  regarding  the  revenue  growth  rates  and  operating
margins  used  to  calculate  estimated  future  cash  flows,  risk-adjusted  discount  rates  and  future  economic  and  market
conditions.  If  an  annual  or  interim  analysis  indicates  an  impairment  of  goodwill,  the  amount  of  the  impairment  is
recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair
value of the reporting unit.
Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  which  primarily  consist  of  trademarks,  are  not  amortized  but  instead
evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be
impaired.  This  analysis  is  dependent  upon  a  number  of  uncertain  factors  described  below  and  is  typically  performed  in
conjunction with the goodwill impairment analysis discussed above and is similar to the analysis performed at acquisition.
The fair value of our trademarks is principally determined by the “relief from royalty” approach that assumes the
trademarks have value to the extent that their owner is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received
from them. This method includes assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, royalty rates, risk-adjusted discount rates
and future economic and market conditions. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of an intangible asset
with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on
the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset for an intangible asset with an indefinite life
or the reporting unit for goodwill.
Indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  that  have  been  recently  acquired  or  impaired  are  typically  much
more sensitive to changes in assumptions than other intangible asset and goodwill amounts as those amounts have recently
been  recorded  at  or  adjusted  to  fair  value.  Consequently,  if  operating  results,  plans  for  the  acquired  business  and/or
macroeconomic conditions change after an acquisition, it could result in the impairment of the acquired intangible assets or
goodwill. A change in macroeconomic conditions may not only impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash
flow  models  but  may  also  impact  other  assumptions  used  in  our  analysis,  including  but  not  limited  to,  the  risk-adjusted
market-based  cost  of  capital  and/or  discount  rates.  Additionally,  we  are  required  to  ensure  that  assumptions  used  to
determine  fair  value  in  our  analyses  are  consistent  with  the  assumptions  a  hypothetical  market  participant  would  use.
Therefore, the cost of capital discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and
trends regardless of whether our actual cost of capital changed.
65
Table of Contents
The  use  of  different  assumptions  could  result  in  the  determination  of  a  different  fair  value  and  a  different
impairment charge or charges in different periods. For further discussion of the methods used and factors considered in our
estimates as part of the impairment testing for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives see “Note 1—Business
and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies.”  See  “Note  5—Intangible  Assets  and  Goodwill  Intangible  Assets  and
Goodwill”  for  discussion  of  the  impairment  charges  recognized  in  Fiscal  2023.  The  indefinite-lived  trademarks  and
goodwill associated with Johnny Was that were impaired and adjusted to fair value during Fiscal 2023 have the least excess
of fair value over book value as of February 3, 2024, since they are the most recently acquired and impaired. Thus, if the
Johnny Was business does not achieve the anticipated growth and operating income in future years or if interest rates or tax
rates increase, additional impairments of the Johnny Was intangible assets could be necessary in the future. No impairment
charges related to intangible assets or goodwill were recognized in Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
Intangible assets with finite lives primarily consist of customer relationships, certain trademarks and reacquired
rights. These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment periodically if events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the assets are determined to not be
recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis and the expected future discounted cash flows of the asset group are less
than the carrying amount, an asset group is impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of
the asset group exceeds its fair value.
Other Fair Value Measurements
For many assets and liabilities, the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or
other  estimates.  However,  in  some  cases  the  assumptions  or  inputs  associated  with  the  determination  of  fair  value  may
require the use of many assumptions which may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. These assumptions may
include the planned use of the assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors.
We  use  certain  market-based  and  internally  derived  information  and  make  assumptions  about  the  information  in
(1) determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, (2) adjusting recognized
assets and liabilities to fair value and (3) assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill
and other non-current assets.
From time to time, we may recognize asset impairment or other charges related to certain lease assets, property
and equipment or other amounts associated with us exiting direct to consumer locations, office space or otherwise. In these
cases, we must determine the impairment charge related to the asset group if the assets are determined to not be recoverable
on  an  undiscounted  cash  flow  basis  and  the  expected  future  discounted  cash  flows  of  the  asset  group  are  less  than  the
carrying  amount.  While  estimated  cash  outflows  can  be  determined,  in  certain  cases,  if  there  is  an  underlying  lease,  the
timing  and  amount  of  estimated  cash  inflows  for  any  sublease  rental  income  and  other  costs  are  often  uncertain,
particularly  if  there  is  not  a  sub-lease  agreement  in  place.  Also,  we  could  subsequently  negotiate  a  lease  termination
agreement  that  would  differ  from  the  estimated  amount.  Thus,  our  estimate  of  an  impairment  charge  related  to  an  asset
group could change significantly as we obtain better information in future periods.
Income Taxes
Income  taxes  included  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  determined  using  the  asset  and  liability
method, in which income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income tax payable or refundable in the current year as
well  as  the  impact  of  any  items  that  are  recognized  in  different  periods  for  consolidated  financial  statement  reporting
purposes and tax return reporting purposes. Significant judgment is required in determining our income tax provision as
there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain and tax laws and regulations are
often complex and subject to interpretation and judgment. These uncertainties relate to the recognition or changes to the
realizability of deferred tax assets, loss carry-forwards, valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions and other matters. Our
assessment of these income tax matters requires our consideration of taxable income and other items for historical periods,
projected future taxable income, projected future reversals of existing timing differences, tax planning strategies and other
information.
66
Table of Contents
The  use  of  different  assumptions  related  to  the  income  tax  matters  above,  as  well  as  a  shift  in  earnings  among
jurisdictions, changes in tax laws, enacted rates or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or
audit settlements, each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and certain other foreign jurisdictions and are periodically under audit
by tax authorities.  The final determination of tax audits could be materially different from historical outcomes and may
adversely impact our tax expense and cash flows.  An increase in our consolidated income tax expense rate from 19.0% to
20.0%  during  Fiscal  2023  would  have  reduced  net  earnings  by  $1  million.  See  Note  11  of  our  consolidated  financial
statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer  to  Note  1  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  report  for  a  discussion  of  recent
accounting  pronouncements  issued  by  the  FASB  that  we  have  not  yet  adopted  that  may  have  a  material  effect  on  our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows in the future.
SEASONALITY
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by
distribution  channel,  may  vary  significantly  depending  on  the  time  of  year.  For  information  regarding  the  impact  of
seasonality on our business operations, see Part I, Item 1, Business, included in this report.
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of business from changes in interest rates, commodity prices
and foreign currency exchange rates. In recent years, we have not used financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to
these  risks,  and  we  do  not  use  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  other  speculative  purposes.  However,  we  could  use
financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to these risks in the future.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement when we
have any borrowings outstanding, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods.
Our  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  accrues  interest  based  on  variable  interest  rates  while  providing  the  necessary
borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with
trade letters of credit. Additionally, for the amounts of unused credit under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement we pay
unused line fees, which are based on a specified percentage of the unused line amounts.
As  of  February  3,  2024,  we  had  $29  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  under  our  U.S.  Revolving  Credit
Agreement, after borrowing amounts to fund the Johnny Was acquisition in Fiscal 2022. We do not consider that amount to
necessarily be indicative of the average borrowings outstanding expected for Fiscal 2024 due to our expectation that we
will  reduce  debt  levels  during  Fiscal  2024,  particularly  in  the  first  quarter.  Our  expected  cash  flows  from  operations  is
expected to be sufficient to fund our planned capital expenditures and dividends as well as allow for the repayment of a
portion  of  our  outstanding  debt  in  Fiscal  2024.  As  of  February  3,  2024,  the  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  our
borrowings was 7%, which includes borrowings pursuant to arrangements based on the Term Secured Overnight Financing
Rate  or  the  lender’s  prime  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin.  Using  the  $29  million  of  variable-rate  debt  outstanding  as  of
February 3, 2024 as an example, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would increase interest expense by less than $1
million.
Foreign Currency Risk
We  have  exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  changes  including  the  impact  of  the  re-measurement  of
transaction  amounts  into  the  respective  functional  currency  and  the  translation  of  our  foreign  subsidiary  financial
statements into U.S. dollars. Also, although we purchase substantially all of our product purchases pursuant to a U.S. dollar
67
Table of Contents
denominated arrangement, future product costs could increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate between the
U.S. dollar and the local currencies of our suppliers.
With  97%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  in  the  United  States,  we  do  not  anticipate  that  the  impact  of  foreign
currency changes on our foreign operations would have a material impact on our consolidated net sales, operating income
or net earnings in the near term. Our foreign currency exchange rate risk is discussed in Foreign Currency in Note 1 of our
consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Commodity and Inflation Risk
We  are  affected  by  inflation  and  changing  prices  through  the  purchase  of  full-package  finished  goods  from
suppliers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components, including fabrics made of cotton, silk,
linen,  polyester,  cellulosic  fibers,    leather  and  other  natural  and  man-made  fibers,  or  blends  of  two  or  more  of  these
materials. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group, when possible, through negotiating product prices
in advance, selective price increases and cost containment initiatives. We have not historically entered into significant long-
term sales or purchase contracts or engaged in hedging activities with respect to our commodity risks.
68
Table of Contents
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in thousands, except par amounts)
     February 3,
2024
January 28,
2023
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Inventories, net
Income tax receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total Current Assets
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Operating lease assets
Other assets, net
Deferred income taxes
Total Assets
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Total Current Liabilities
Long-term debt
Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Shareholders’ Equity
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
See accompanying notes.
69
$
$
7,604
63,362
159,565
19,549
43,035
293,115
195,137
262,101
27,190
263,934
32,188
24,179
$ 1,097,844
$
$
8,826
43,986
220,138
19,440
38,073
330,463
177,584
283,845
120,498
240,690
32,209
3,376
$ 1,188,665
$
$
$
$
85,545
23,660
64,576
66,863
240,644
29,304
243,703
23,279
—  
94,611
35,022
73,865
66,141
269,639
119,011
220,709
20,055
2,981
15,629
178,567
369,453
(2,735)
$
560,914
$ 1,097,844
15,774
172,175
370,145
(1,824)
$
556,270
$ 1,188,665
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
SG&A
Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and equity method investments
Royalties and other operating income
Operating income
Interest expense, net
Earnings before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings
$
Fiscal
2023
$ 1,571,475
575,890
995,585
820,705
113,611
19,713
80,982
6,036
74,946
14,243
60,703
$
$
$
$
Fiscal
2022
$ 1,411,528
522,673
888,855
692,004
—
21,923
218,774
3,049
215,725
49,990
165,735
$
$
$
$
Fiscal
2021
$ 1,142,079
435,861
706,218
573,636
—
32,921
165,503
944
164,559
33,238
131,321
$
$
$
Net earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Dividends declared per share
$
$
$
3.89
3.82
15,590
15,906
2.60
$
$
$
10.42
10.19
15,902
16,259
2.20
$
$
$
7.90
7.78
16,631
16,869
1.63
See accompanying notes.
70
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in thousands)
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Net foreign currency translation adjustment
Comprehensive income
Fiscal
2023
60,703
Fiscal
2022
$ 165,735
Fiscal
2021
$ 131,321
(911)
59,792
1,648
$ 167,383
192
$ 131,513
$
$
See accompanying notes.
71
    
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
($ in thousands)
Common
Stock
$ 16,889
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
$ 156,508
Retained
Earnings
$ 235,995
—   131,321
     Accumulated     
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
$
January 30, 2021
Net earnings and other comprehensive income
Shares issued under equity plans
Compensation expense for equity awards
Repurchase of shares
Cash dividends declared and paid
—  
41
—  
(125)
—  
January 29, 2022
$ 16,805
$ 163,156
Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)
Shares issued under equity plans
Compensation expense for equity awards
Repurchase of shares
Cash dividends declared and paid
—  
26
—  
(1,057)
—  
January 28, 2023
$ 15,774
$ 172,175
Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)
Shares issued under equity plans
Compensation expense for equity awards
Repurchase of shares
Cash dividends declared and paid
—  
144
—  
(289)
—  
February 3, 2024
$ 15,629
$ 178,567
See accompanying notes.
72
1,411
8,186
(2,949)
1,573
10,577
(3,131)
1,767
14,473
(9,848)
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
$
$
$
—  
(8,268)
(27,873)
$ 331,175
—   165,735
(90,651)
(36,114)
$ 370,145
60,703
—  
—  
—  
(19,856)
(41,539)
$ 369,453
Total
192
—  
—  
—  
—
(3,664) $ 405,728
  131,513
1,452
8,186
(11,342)
(27,873)
(3,472) $ 507,664
  167,383
1,648
1,599
10,577
(94,839)
(36,114)
(1,824) $ 556,270
59,792
1,911
14,473
(29,993)
(41,539)
(2,735) $ 560,914
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(911)
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in thousands)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash flows from operating activities:
Depreciation
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and equity method investments
Impairment of property and equipment
Equity compensation expense
Gain on sale of investment in unconsolidated entity
Gain on sale of property and equipment
Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Deferred income taxes
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:
Receivables, net
Inventories, net
Income tax receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Current liabilities
Other non-current assets, net
Other non-current liabilities
Cash provided by operating activities
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of short-term investments
Proceeds from short-term investments
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment
Other investing activities
Cash used in investing activities
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Repayment of revolving credit arrangements
Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements
Deferred financing costs paid
Repurchase of common stock
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Repurchase of equity awards for employee tax withholding liabilities
Cash dividends paid
Other financing activities
Cash used in financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period
See accompanying notes.
73
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Fiscal
2021
$
60,703
$ 165,735
$ 131,321
49,323
14,743
113,611
584
14,473
—
(1,756)
569
—  
(23,890)
41,503
6,102
—
1,430
10,577
—
(600)
344
—  
(1,867)
39,062
880
—
1,656
8,186
(11,586)
(2,669)
344
1,188
4,054
(14,994)
62,507
(109)
(4,931)
(28,069)
(25,220)
26,740
$ 244,284
(1,966)
(78,966)
288
(12,793)
8,635
14,233
(27,045)
$ 125,610
(15)
5,378
(1,753)
(889)
27,585
37,534
(42,270)
$ 198,006
(11,975)
(74,098)
—
—
2,125
(33)
—
(31,894)
(165,000)
—
14,586
736
$ (83,981) $ (151,747) $ (181,572)
  (263,648)
(46,668)
(70,000)
234,852
—
(6,283)
  (477,350)
  387,643
(1,661)
(20,045)
1,911
(9,941)
(41,729)
  (145,894)
  264,905
—
(91,674)
1,599
(3,166)
(35,287)
(2,010)
—
—
—
(8,359)
1,452
(2,983)
(27,536)
(749)
$ (161,172) $ (11,527) $ (38,175)
(869) $ (37,664) $ (21,741)
$
1,631
(353)
587
66,013
44,859
8,826
44,859
8,826
7,604
—  
$
$
$
    
    
    
    
 
   
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
February 3, 2024
Note 1. Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business
We  are  a  leading  branded  apparel  company  that  designs,  sources,  markets  and  distributes  products  bearing  the
trademarks of our Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer®, Johnny Was®, Southern Tide®, The Beaufort Bonnet Company®,
Duck  Head®  and  Jack  Rogers®  lifestyle  brands.  We  distribute  our  products  through  our  direct  to  consumer  channels,
consisting  of  our  brand  specific  full-price  retail  stores,  e-commerce  websites  and  outlet  stores,  and  our  wholesale
distribution  channel,  which  includes  sales  to  various  specialty  stores,  Signature  Stores,  better  department  stores,  multi-
branded e-commerce websites and other retailers. Additionally, we operate Tommy Bahama food and beverage locations,
including Marlin Bars and full-service restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store.
On September 19, 2022, we acquired the Johnny Was lifestyle apparel brand and its related assets and operations,
which is discussed in further detail in Note 4. Also, in Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel business, as discussed in
Note 12. Additionally, refer to Note 2 for certain financial information about the Johnny Was and Lanier Apparel operating
groups.
Recent Macroeconomic Conditions
The  COVID-19  pandemic  had  a  significant  effect  on  overall  economic  conditions  and  our  operations  in  recent
years and accelerated or exacerbated many of the challenges in the industry. Exceptionally strong consumer demand, along
with  the  strength  of  our  brands,  resulted  in  record  earnings  for  us  during  both  Fiscal  2021  and  Fiscal  2022.  The  strong
earnings  in  recent  periods  are  despite  certain  challenges  in  the  retail  apparel  market,  including  labor  shortages,  supply
chain  disruptions  and  product  and  operating  cost  increases  in  Fiscal  2021  and  Fiscal  2022.  We,  as  well  as  others  in  our
industry, have increased prices to attempt to offset inflationary pressures.
Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on
other  industries  due,  in  part,  to  apparel  purchases  often  being  more  of  a  discretionary  purchase.  The  current
macroenvironment, with heightened concerns about inflation, a global economic recession, geopolitical issues, the stability
of the U.S. banking system, the availability and cost of credit and elevated interest rates for prolonged periods, is creating a
complex and challenging retail environment, which impacted our businesses during Fiscal 2023 and continues to affect our
operations.  As  a  result  of  the  macroeconomic  environment,  we  saw  reduced  conversion  rates  in  our  direct  to  consumer
operations and a year-over-year decline in net earnings and operating income. There remains significant uncertainty in the
macroeconomic environment, and the impact of these and other factors could have a major effect on our businesses.
Fiscal Year
We operate and report on a 52/53-week fiscal year. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 and
is designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year commences. As used in our consolidated financial statements,
the terms Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2024 reflect the 52 weeks ended January 29, 2022; 52 weeks
ended January 28, 2023; 53 weeks ended February 3, 2024; and 52 weeks ending February 1, 2025, respectively.
Principles of Consolidation
Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Oxford  Industries,  Inc.  and  any  other  entities  in
which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or variable
interest entities for which we are the primary beneficiary, if any. Generally, we consolidate businesses in which we have a
controlling financial interest which may be evidenced through ownership of a majority voting interest or other rights which
might indicate that we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. The primary beneficiary has both the power to direct the
activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb
74
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
losses  or  the  right  to  receive  benefits  from  the  entity  that  could  potentially  be  significant  to  the  entity.  All  significant
intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Business Combinations
From time-to-time, we make strategic acquisitions that may have a material effect on our consolidated results of
operations  and  financial  position.  The  measurement  principle  for  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed  in  a
business combination is at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date, with certain exceptions.
At acquisition, we use estimates that can be complex and require significant judgments to record the fair value of
purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, as well as customer relationships and reacquired rights.
The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent
third  party  appraisals  in  some  cases.  The  cost  of  each  acquired  business  is  allocated  to  the  individual  tangible  and
intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  or  incurred  as  a  result  of  an  acquisition  based  on  their  estimated  fair
values  pursuant  to  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting.  Additionally,  at  acquisition  we  must  determine  whether  the
intangible asset has an indefinite or finite life and account for it accordingly.
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a business exceeds the fair value of identified
tangible and intangible assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection
with a business combination depends on the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. As of February 3,
2024, substantially all goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet is deductible for income tax purposes.
At acquisition, as well as any subsequent impairment tests, assumptions and estimates about various items with
significant uncertainty are required to determine the fair value of intangible assets and goodwill. When determining the fair
value  of  intangible  assets,  including  trademarks,  customer  relationships  and  other  items,  significant  assumptions  may
include  our  planned  use  of  the  asset  as  well  as  estimates  of  net  sales,  royalty  income,  operating  income,  growth  rates,
royalty  rates  for  the  trademarks,  a  risk-adjusted,  market-based  cost  of  capital  for  the  discount  rates,  income  tax  rates,
anticipated cash flows and probabilities of cash flows, among other factors. Our fair value assessment may also consider
any comparable market transactions. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could
result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets and goodwill initially recorded at acquisition, which could
result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the definition of fair value of inventories
acquired as part of a business combination generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with
selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories, resulting in an inventory step-up to fair
value at acquisition, which would be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is
sold.
Our estimates of the purchase price allocation of a business combination may be revised during a measurement
period  as  necessary  when,  and  if,  information  becomes  available  to  revise  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  the
liabilities  assumed.  Actual  fair  values  ultimately  assigned  to  the  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  when  final  information  is
available may materially differ from our preliminary estimates during the measurement period. The allocation period may
not  exceed  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  acquisition.  Should  information  become  available  after  the  allocation  period
indicating  that  an  adjustment  to  the  purchase  price  allocation  is  appropriate,  that  adjustment  will  be  included  in  our
consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  results  of  operations  of  acquired  businesses  are  included  in  our  consolidated
statements of operations from the respective dates of the acquisitions. Transaction costs related to business combinations
are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.
Refer  to  Note  4  for  information  related  to  the  Fiscal  2022  acquisition  of  Johnny  Was  and  the  Fiscal  2023
acquisitions, including disclosures about the allocation of the preliminary purchase price to the estimated fair values of the
acquired assets and liabilities.
75
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Revenue Recognition and Receivables
Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and food and beverage
operations,  and  wholesale  sales,  as  well  as  royalty  income,  which  is  included  in  royalties  and  other  income  in  our
consolidated statements of operations. Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be
received  for  those  goods  and  services  pursuant  to  a  five-step  approach:  (1)  identify  the  contracts  with  the  customer;
(2)  identify  the  separate  performance  obligations  in  the  contracts;  (3)  determine  the  transaction  price;  (4)  allocate  the
transaction price to separate performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, each performance obligation
is  satisfied.  The  table  below  quantifies  the  amount  of  net  sales  by  distribution  channel  (in  thousands)  for  each  period
presented.
Retail
E-commerce
Food & Beverage
Wholesale
Other
Net sales
$
Fiscal
2023
605,486
538,224
115,766
311,910
89
$ 1,571,475
$
Fiscal
2022
552,696
465,446
109,225
281,938
2,223
$ 1,411,528
$
Fiscal
2021
443,015
369,300
96,244
231,536
1,984
$ 1,142,079
We  recognize  revenue  when  performance  obligations  under  the  terms  of  the  contracts  with  our  customers  are
satisfied, which generally occurs when we deliver our products to our direct to consumer and wholesale customers. Control
of the product is generally transferred upon providing the product to consumers in our bricks and mortar retail stores and
food and beverage locations, upon physical delivery of the products to consumers in our e-commerce operations and upon
shipment from our distribution center to customers in our wholesale operations. Once control is transferred to the customer,
we have completed our performance obligations related to the contract and have an unconditional right to consideration for
the  products  sold  as  outlined  in  the  contract.  Our  receivables  resulting  from  contracts  with  customers  in  our  direct  to
consumer operations are generally collected within a few days, upon settlement of the credit card transaction, while our
receivables resulting from contracts with our customers in our wholesale operations are generally due within one quarter, in
accordance  with  established  credit  terms.  All  of  our  performance  obligations  under  the  terms  of  our  contracts  with
customers in our direct to consumer and wholesale operations have an expected original duration of one year or less. We
only recognize revenue to the extent that it is probable that we will not have a significant reversal of revenue in a future
period. Our revenue, including any freight income, is recognized net of applicable taxes in our consolidated statements of
operations.
In our direct to consumer operations, consumers have certain rights to return product within a specified period and
are eligible for certain point of sale discounts; thus retail store, e-commerce and food and beverage revenues are recorded
net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable. The sales return allowance is based on historical direct to consumer
return rates and current trends and is recognized on a gross basis as a return liability for the amount of sales estimated to be
returned  and  a  return  asset  for  the  right  to  recover  the  product  estimated  to  be  returned  by  the  customer.  The  value  of
inventory associated with a right to recover the goods returned in our direct to consumer operations is included in prepaid
expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. The changes in the return liability are recognized in
net  sales  and  the  changes  in  the  return  asset  are  recognized  in  cost  of  goods  sold  in  our  consolidated  statements  of
operations.  An  estimated  sales  return  liability  of  $13  million  and  $12  million  for  expected  direct  to  consumer  returns  is
classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 3, 2024 and January 28,
2023, respectively.
In  the  ordinary  course  of  our  wholesale  operations,  we  offer  discounts,  allowances  and  cooperative  advertising
support  to  some  of  our  wholesale  customers  for  certain  products.  Some  of  these  arrangements  are  written  agreements,
while  others  may  be  implied  by  customary  practices  or  expectations  in  the  industry.  As  certain  allowances,  other
deductions and returns are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred
76
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
yet,  we  estimate  such  discounts,  allowances  and  returns  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  estimate  the  consideration  from  the
customer  that  we  expect  to  ultimately  receive.  Significant  considerations  in  determining  our  estimates  for  discounts,
allowances,  operational  chargebacks  and  returns  for  wholesale  customers  may  include  historical  and  current  trends,
agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific
program  or  product  expectations  and  retailer  performance.  We  record  the  discounts,  returns,  allowances  and  operational
chargebacks as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and as a reduction to receivables, net in
our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  with  the  estimated  value  of  inventory  expected  to  be  returned  in  prepaid  expenses  and
other  current  assets  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023,  reserve  balances
recorded as a reduction to wholesale receivables related to these items were $3 million and $4 million, respectively.
We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and
condition,  usually  without  requiring  collateral.  In  circumstances  where  we  become  aware  of  a  specific  wholesale
customer’s  inability  to  meet  its  financial  obligations,  a  specific  provision  for  credit  losses  is  taken  as  a  reduction  to
accounts  receivable  to  reduce  the  net  recognized  receivable  to  the  amount  reasonably  expected  to  be  collected.  Such
amounts are ultimately written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For our wholesale customer
receivable  amounts  not  specifically  provided  for,  we  recognize  estimated  provisions  for  credit  losses,  using  the  current
expected loss model based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation
of current economic conditions, anticipated trends and the risk characteristics of the receivables. Provisions for credit loss
expense, which is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal
2021 were a credit of less than $1 million, a credit of less than $1 million and a credit of $1 million, respectively, while
write-offs of credit losses for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 were less than $1 million, less than $1 million and
less than $1 million, respectively. As of both February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, receivables, net in our consolidated
balance sheet included a provision for credit losses related to trade receivables of $1 million.
In addition to trade receivables, tenant allowances due from landlord of $6 million and $2 million are included in
receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheet, as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, respectively. Substantially
all other amounts recognized in receivables, net represent trade receivables related to contracts with customers, including
receivables from wholesale customers, credit card receivables related to our direct to consumer operations, and receivables
from  licensing  partners.  As  of  both  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023,  prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets
included  $4  million  representing  the  estimated  value  of  inventory  for  expected  direct  to  consumer  and  wholesale  sales
returns  in  the  aggregate.  We  did  not  have  any  significant  contract  assets  related  to  contracts  with  customers,  other  than
trade receivables and the value of inventory associated with expected sales returns, as of February 3, 2024 and January 28,
2023.
In addition to our estimated expected return amounts, contract liabilities related to contracts with our customers
include gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us as well as unredeemed loyalty program award points. Gift cards and
merchandise credits issued by us are redeemable on demand by the holder, do not have an expiration date and do not incur
administrative  fees.  Historically,  substantially  all  gift  cards  and  merchandise  credits  are  redeemed  within  one  year  of
issuance. Gift cards and merchandise credits are recorded as a liability until our performance obligation is satisfied, which
occurs when redeemed by the consumer, at which point revenue is recognized. However, we recognize estimated breakage
income for certain gift cards and merchandise credits using the redemption recognition method, subject to applicable laws
in certain states. Contract liabilities for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise credits received by customers
but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in
our  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  totaled  $20  million  and  $19  million  as  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023,
respectively. Gift card breakage income, which is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations, was $1
million in each of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
In Fiscal 2021, each of our brands in our Emerging Brands operating group initiated brand specific loyalty award
programs. These programs allow consumers to earn loyalty points associated with the brand. Lilly Pulitzer initiated also
initiated a program in Fiscal 2023. These programs are primarily spend-based loyalty programs, with varying terms and
conditions for each respective brand’s program. The consumer earns points which, depending on the program, allows the
77
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
consumer to (1) achieve a specified status with the brand, which provides the consumer with benefits, such as early access
to events, free shipping or other benefits, for a specified period, and/or (2) earn a monetary reward by accumulating loyalty
points that can be redeemed in association with future purchases from the brand. As loyalty points are earned, we defer
revenue,  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  loyalty  points,  with  a  corresponding  liability  in  accrued  expenses  and
other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The loyalty points liability is generally recognized as revenue when the
loyalty  points  are  redeemed  or  expire.  Deferred  revenue  associated  with  the  loyalty  programs  totaled  $3  million  and  $1
million as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, respectively.
Royalties from the license of our owned brands are recognized over the time that licensees are provided access to
utilize  our  trademarks  (i.e.  symbolic  intellectual  property)  and  benefit  from  such  access  through  their  sales  of  licensed
products.  Payments  are  generally  due  quarterly,  and  depending  on  time  of  receipt,  may  be  recorded  as  a  liability  until
recognized  as  revenue.  Royalty  income  is  based  upon  the  contractually  guaranteed  minimum  royalty  obligations  and
adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, received from licensees reflects that the related royalties based on a percentage
of the licensee’s sales exceed the contractually determined minimum royalty amount. Royalty income, which is included in
royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations, were $19 million, $22 million and $18
million during Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.
Cost of Goods Sold
We  include  in  cost  of  goods  sold  (1)  the  cost  paid  to  the  suppliers  for  the  acquired  product,  (2)  sourcing,
procurement  and  other  costs  incurred  prior  to  or  in  association  with  the  receipt  of  finished  goods  at  our  distribution
facilities,  and  (3)  freight  from  our  distribution  facilities  to  our  own  retail  stores,  e-commerce  consumers  and  wholesale
customers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include inbound freight charges, duties and other import
costs,  brokers’  fees,  consolidators’  fees,  insurance,  direct  labor,  and  depreciation  expense  associated  with  our  sourcing
operations.  We  generally  classify  amounts  billed  to  customers  for  freight  in  net  sales  and  classify  freight  costs  for
shipments to customers in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations.
Our  gross  profit  and  gross  margin  may  not  be  directly  comparable  to  those  of  our  competitors,  as  statement  of
operations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
SG&A
We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such
as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and costs associated with the operations of our e-
commerce  sites,  retail  stores,  food  and  beverage  locations  and  concessions,  such  as  labor,  lease  commitments  and  other
occupancy costs, direct to consumer location pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training
expenses),  depreciation  and  other  amounts.  SG&A  also  includes  product  design  costs,  selling  costs,  royalty  expense,
provision for credit losses, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, supplies, travel, other general
and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.
Distribution network costs, including costs associated with preparing goods to ship to customers and our costs to
operate our distribution facilities, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the
costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services
for us. In Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, distribution network costs included in SG&A totaled $40 million, $36
million and $28 million, respectively.
All costs associated with advertising, promotion and marketing of our products are expensed in SG&A during the
period  when  the  advertisement  is  first  shown.  Costs  associated  with  cooperative  advertising  programs  under  which  we
agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers’ advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded
as  a  reduction  to  net  sales.  Advertising,  promotion  and  marketing  expenses,  excluding  employment  costs  for  our
advertising and marketing employees, for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 were $105 million, $82 million and
78
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
$60 million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotion and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses and other
current  assets  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023  were  $5  million  and  $6
million, respectively.
Royalty  expense  related  to  our  license  of  third  party  brands,  which  are  generally  based  on  the  greater  of
a percentage of our actual net sales for the licensed product or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are
recorded  based  upon  any  guaranteed  minimum  levels  and  adjusted  based  on  our  net  sales  of  the  licensed  products,  as
appropriate.  Royalty  expenses  recognized  as  SG&A  in  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021  were  $6  million,  $4
million  and  $6  million,  respectively.  As  of  February  3,  2024,  we  do  not  have  any  royalty  agreements  with  material
guaranteed minimum royalty amounts for future periods as future royalty amounts are generally dependent on our future
sales of the specified licensed products.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider cash equivalents to be investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of
our consolidated statements of cash flows. As of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, we did not have any cash and
cash equivalents in money market fund investments.
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
During Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, cash paid for income taxes was $39 million, $56 million and $34
million, respectively. During Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, cash paid for interest, net of interest income was $6
million,  $3  million  and  $1  million,  respectively.  Non-cash  investing  activities  included  capital  expenditures  incurred  but
not yet paid at period end, which were included in accounts payable in our consolidated balances sheets, of $2 million, $3
million and $3 million as of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. Additionally, during Fiscal 2023, Fiscal
2022  and  Fiscal  2021,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  net  increase  in  operating  lease  assets  and  corresponding  operating  lease
liability amounts of $83 million, $47 million and $18 million, respectively, related to the net impact of new, modified and
terminated operating lease amounts, excluding any operating lease amounts recognized in the opening balance sheet of an
acquired business.
Inventories, net
Substantially  all  of  our  inventories  are  finished  goods  inventories  of  apparel,  accessories  and  other  related
products. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.
For  operating  group  reporting,  inventory  is  carried  at  the  lower  of  FIFO  cost  or  market.  We  evaluate  the
composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory at least quarterly.  In performing this evaluation,
we  consider  slow-turning  products,  an  indication  of  lack  of  consumer  acceptance  of  particular  products,  prior-seasons’
fashion  products,  broken  assortments,  discontinued  products  and  current  levels  of  replenishment  program  products  as
compared  to  expected  sales.  We  estimate  the  amount  of  goods  that  we  will  not  be  able  to  sell  in  the  normal  course  of
business  and  write  down  the  value  of  these  goods  as  necessary  based  on  various  assumptions  about  the  amounts  we
ultimately expect to realize for the inventories. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period
between the last physical inventory count and each balance sheet date.
For  consolidated  financial  reporting,  as  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023,  $146  million,  or  92%,  and
$204 million, or 93%, respectively, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our
LIFO accounting reserve. The remaining $13 million and $16 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO
cost or market as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, respectively. Generally, for consolidated financial reporting,
inventories  of  our  domestic  operations  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  LIFO  cost  or  market,  and  our  inventories  of  our
international  operations  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  FIFO  cost  or  market.  Our  LIFO  reserves  are  based  on  the  estimated
Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the
79
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only
include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also includes changes in markdown reserves. As our LIFO inventory pool does
not  correspond  to  our  operating  group  definitions,  LIFO  inventory  accounting  adjustments  are  not  allocated  to  our
operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other
for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 2.
There was a $2 million LIFO inventory layer liquidation in Fiscal 2023. There were no material LIFO inventory
layer liquidations in Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021. As of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, the LIFO reserve included
in our consolidated balance sheet was $83 million and $76 million, respectively.
Property and Equipment, net
Property  and  equipment,  including  leasehold  improvements  that  are  reimbursed  by  landlords  as  a  tenant
improvement allowance and assets under capital leases, if any, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions
are  capitalized  while  repair  and  maintenance  costs  are  charged  to  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations  as  incurred.
Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the
assets as follows:
Leasehold improvements
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology
Buildings and improvements
     Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term
2 – 15 years
7 – 40 years
Property  and  equipment  is  reviewed  periodically  for  impairment  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate
that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  group  may  not  be  recoverable,  as  discussed  in  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets,
other than Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives below.
Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.
Cost of goods sold includes the depreciation associated with our sourcing operations.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on the first day of the fourth quarter and more
often  if  an  event  occurs  or  circumstances  change  that  indicate  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  below  its  carrying
amount. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill
is impaired to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. We also have the option to
bypass  the  qualitative  assessment  entirely  for  any  reporting  unit  in  any  period  and  proceed  directly  to  performing  the
quantitative  impairment  test.  For  each  impairment  test  of  goodwill  in  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021,  we
bypassed the qualitative test option and instead performed a quantitative test.
When applying the quantitative assessment, we determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an income
approach, or in some cases a combination of an income approach and market approach. The income approach calculates a
value based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows, while the market approach uses earnings multiples of
similarly situated guideline public companies. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves judgment and the use
of  significant  estimates  and  assumptions,  which  include  assumptions  regarding  the  revenue  growth  rates  and  operating
margins  used  to  calculate  estimated  future  cash  flows,  risk-adjusted  discount  rates  and  future  economic  and  market
conditions.  If  an  annual  or  interim  analysis  indicates  an  impairment  of  goodwill,  the  amount  of  the  impairment  is
recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair
value of the reporting unit.
80
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of October 29, 2023, our reporting units consisted of the following: Tommy Bahama; Lilly Pulitzer; Johnny
Was;  Southern  Tide;  TBBC;  Duck  Head;  and  Oxford  of  Lyons.  As  of  October  29,  2023,  we  performed  a  quantitative
assessment of impairment for the Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was, Southern Tide and TBBC reporting units. Our other reporting
units do not have goodwill. We determined on the basis of the quantitative assessments of our Lilly Pulitzer, Southern Tide
and  TBBC  reporting  units  that  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  was  greater  than  its  respective  carrying  amount,
indicating  no  impairment.  Based  on  the  quantitative  assessment  of  our  Johnny  Was  reporting  unit,  we  recognized  an
impairment charge of $99 million in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2023 which was recorded within impairment of goodwill,
intangible assets and equity method investments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. See “Note 5—Intangible
Assets and Goodwill” for further discussion.
Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  which  primarily  consist  of  trademarks,  are  not  amortized  but  instead
evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be
impaired.  This  analysis  is  dependent  upon  a  number  of  uncertain  factors  described  below  and  is  typically  performed  in
conjunction with the goodwill impairment analysis discussed above and is similar to the analysis performed at acquisition.
The fair value of our trademarks is principally determined by the “relief from royalty” approach that assumes the
trademarks have value to the extent that their owner is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received
from them. This method includes assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, royalty rates, risk-adjusted discount rates
and future economic and market conditions. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of an intangible asset
with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on
the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset for an intangible asset with an indefinite life
or the reporting unit for goodwill.
Based  on  the  quantitative  assessment  of  our  Johnny  Was  related  intangible  assets  with  an  indefinite  life,  we
recognized  noncash  impairment  charges  of  $12  million  in  the  Fourth  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2023  which  was  recorded  within
impairment  of  goodwill,  intangible  assets  and  equity  method  investments  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.
See “Note 5—Intangible Assets and Goodwill” for further discussion. For all other intangible assets with an indefinite life,
we determined on the basis of the quantitative assessments that the fair value of each intangible asset with an indefinite life
was greater than its respective carrying amount, indicating no impairment.
The estimated fair values used in the impairment assessments of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite
life were considered nonrecurring Level 3 measurements of the valuation hierarchy.
Intangible assets with finite lives primarily consist of customer relationships, certain trademarks and reacquired
rights. These assets are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset using a method of amortization that reflects the
pattern  in  which  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  asset  are  consumed  or  otherwise  realized  or  the  straight  line
method.  Certain  of  our  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  may  be  amortized  over  periods  of  up  to  20  years.  The
determination  of  an  appropriate  useful  life  for  amortization  considers  our  plans  for  the  intangible  assets,  the  remaining
contractual  period  of  the  reacquired  right,  and  factors  that  may  be  outside  of  our  control,  including  expected  customer
attrition. Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. Intangible
assets  with  finite  lives  are  reviewed  periodically  for  impairment  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable, as discussed below under Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,
other  than  Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets  with  Indefinite  Lives.  Any  costs  associated  with  extending  or  renewing
recognized intangible assets are generally expensed as incurred.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net
Amounts included in prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses,
including subscriptions, maintenance and other services contracts, advertising, insurance, samples and direct to consumer
supplies as well as the estimated value of inventory for anticipated direct to consumer and wholesale sales returns. Other
non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan,
81
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
equity  investments  in  unconsolidated  entities,  assets  related  to  certain  investments  in  officers’  life  insurance  policies,
deposits and amounts placed into escrow accounts, deferred financing costs and non-current deferred tax assets.
Officers’  life  insurance  policies  that  are  owned  by  us,  which  are  included  in  other  non-current  assets,  net,  are
recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable
to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of both February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023,
officers’ life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $4 million.
Deferred  financing  costs  for  our  revolving  credit  agreement  are  included  in  other  non-current  assets,  net  in  our
consolidated financial statements. Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the
effective interest method over the term of the related debt. Amortization of deferred financing costs is included in interest
expense in our consolidated statements of operations. In March of 2023, we capitalized debt issuance costs of $2 million in
connection with commitments upon entering into the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. Unamortized deferred financing
costs included in other non-current assets, net totaled $2 million as of February 3, 2024 and $1 million as of January 28,
2023.
Deferred Compensation
We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees
and  our  non-employee  directors.  The  plan  provides  participants  with  the  opportunity  to  defer  a  portion  of  their  cash
compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan.
We  make  contributions  to  rabbi  trusts  or  other  investments  to  provide  a  source  of  funds  for  satisfying  these  deferred
compensation  liabilities.  Investments  held  for  our  deferred  compensation  plan  consist  of  insurance  contracts  and  are
recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. Realized and unrealized gains and losses
on  the  deferred  compensation  plan  investments  are  recorded  in  SG&A  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and
substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values.
These  securities  approximate  the  participant-directed  investment  selections  underlying  the  deferred  compensation
liabilities.
The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities as of February 3, 2024 and
January 28, 2023 was $17 million and $16 million, respectively. Substantially all of these amounts are held in a rabbi trust
and  included  in  other  non-current  assets,  net  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.  Substantially  all  the  assets  set  aside  for
potential  deferred  compensation  liabilities  are  life  insurance  policies  recorded  at  their  cash  surrender  value,  less  any
outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the
policy  is  outstanding.  The  liabilities  associated  with  the  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  are  included  in  other
non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $18 million and $15 million at February 3, 2024 and
January 28, 2023, respectively.
Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
We account for equity investments in which we do not directly or indirectly hold a controlling interest using the
equity method of accounting. Generally, we determine that we exercise significant influence over a corporation or a limited
liability  company  when  we  own  20%  or  more  or  3%  or  more,  respectively,  of  the  voting  interests,  unless  the  facts  and
circumstances of that investment indicate that we do not have the ability to exhibit significant influence. Under the equity
method  of  accounting,  original  investments  are  recorded  at  cost,  and  are  subsequently  adjusted  for  our  contributions  to,
distributions  from  and  share  of  income  or  losses  of  the  entity.  We  account  for  equity  investments  in  which  we  do  not
control or exercise significant influence using the fair value method of accounting unless there is not a readily determinable
fair value for the equity investment. If there is no readily determinable fair value for such equity investment, we account
for  the  equity  investment  using  the  alternative  measurement  method  of  cost  adjusted  for  impairment  and  any  identified
observable price changes of the investment.
82
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Equity  investments  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting,  fair  value  method  of  accounting,  or
alternative  measurement  method  are  included  in  other  non-current  assets  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  while  the
income  or  loss  related  to  such  investments  is  included  in  royalties  and  other  operating  income  in  our  consolidated
statements of operations. Income or loss related to investments in smaller lifestyle brands are included within Emerging
Brands, while income or loss related to investments in entities that are not lifestyle brands are included within Corporate
and  Other,  including  the  income  or  loss  from  the  Tommy  Bahama  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa.  We  made  no  equity
investments  during  Fiscal  2023.  During  Fiscal  2022,  we  paid  $8  million  for  an  investment  in  the  Tommy  Bahama
Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  The  investment  made  in  Fiscal  2022  is
included in other investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023,  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  included  equity  investments
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting,  fair  value  and  alternative  measurement  method  totaling,  in  the
aggregate,  $7  million  and  $11  million,  respectively.  The  primary  drivers  of  the  decrease  were  (1)  a  $2  million  noncash
impairment of an equity method investment in a smaller lifestyle apparel brand in Fiscal 2023 and (2) a $2 million loss
recognized  related  to  the  Tommy  Bahama  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa.  The  impairment  in  the  equity  method  investment
resulted from the investee’s forecast of future losses and was recorded within impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and
equity  method  investments  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  The  equity  investments  in  unconsolidated
entities  included  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  represents  substantially  all  our  exposure  or  loss  related  to  these
investments, as there are no meaningful obligations to fund additional amounts or losses related to these investments. Our
primary equity method investment is our minority ownership interest in a property in Indian Wells, California that operates
as  the  Tommy  Bahama  Miramonte  Resort  &  Spa  that  opened  during  Fiscal  2023.  During  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022  and
Fiscal  2021  we  recognized  amounts  related  to  equity  method  investments  in  royalties  and  other  income  of  a  loss  of  $2
million, loss of $1 million and income of $12 million, respectively. The income in Fiscal 2021 was related to our minority
ownership  interests  in  an  unconsolidated  entity  that  was  redeemed  upon  that  entity  consummating  a  change  in  control
transaction, resulting in proceeds to us of $15 million and a gain on sale of $12 million.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
We  assess  our  long-lived  assets  other  than  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  for  impairment
whenever  events  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  or  asset  group  may  not  be  fully  recoverable.  This
recoverability and impairment assessment is performed for a specific asset or asset group and includes any property and
equipment,  operating  lease  assets,  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  and  other  non-current  assets  included  in  the  asset
group. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the
assets,  including  a  change  in  our  plans  of  the  anticipated  period  of  operating  a  leased  direct  to  consumer  location,  the
decision to vacate a leased space before lease expiration, the abandonment of an asset or other factors. These events may
also  result  in  a  change  in  the  determination  of  the  assets  included  in  an  asset  group  for  impairment  testing.  To  analyze
recoverability, we consider undiscounted net future cash flows over the remaining life of the asset or asset group. If the
amounts are determined to not be recoverable an impairment is recognized resulting in the write-down of the asset or asset
group and a corresponding charge to our consolidated statements of operations. Impairment losses are measured based on
the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the assets. For any assets impaired during Fiscal
2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, there was no significant fair value at the date of impairment testing.
During  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021,  we  recognized  $1  million,  $1  million  and  $2  million,
respectively, of property and equipment impairment charges, which were primarily included in SG&A.
During Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, we did not recognize any operating lease asset impairment charges. During
Fiscal  2021,  we  recognized  $5  million  of  operating  lease  asset  impairment  charges,  which  were  primarily  included  in
SG&A. During Fiscal 2021, these charges primarily related to our Tommy Bahama New York office and showroom lease,
which was vacated in Fiscal 2021 and provides the landlord the ongoing right to terminate the lease.
83
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
No  impairment  of  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  was  recognized  during  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022,  or  Fiscal
2021.
Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities
Liabilities  for  accounts  payable,  accrued  compensation  and  accrued  expenses  and  other  liabilities  are  carried  at
cost,  which  approximates  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  expected  to  be  paid  in  the  future  for  goods  and  services
received,  whether  or  not  billed  to  us  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date.  Accruals  for  medical  insurance  and  workers’
compensation,  which  are  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  liabilities  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  include
estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our
claims experience and statistical trends.
Legal and Other Contingencies
We  are  subject  to  certain  litigation,  claims  and  assessments  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  The  claims  and
assessments  may  relate,  among  other  things,  to  disputes  about  trademarks  and  other  intellectual  property,  employee
relations  matters,  real  estate,  licensing  arrangements,  importing  or  exporting  regulations,  product  safety  requirements,
taxation or other topics. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss,
can  be  reasonably  estimated,  we  have  recorded  reserves  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  liabilities  or  other  non-current
liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related expenses, such as legal fees. In other
instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome or amount or range of loss, we are unable to
make  a  reasonable  estimate  of  a  liability,  if  any,  and  therefore  have  not  recorded  a  reserve.  As  additional  information
becomes  available  or  as  circumstances  change,  we  adjust  our  assessment  and  estimates  of  such  liabilities  accordingly.
Additionally, for any potential gain contingencies, we do not recognize the gain until the period that all contingencies have
been resolved and the amounts are realizable. We believe the outcome of outstanding or pending matters, individually and
in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently
available.
In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the
payment  of  additional  purchase  price  consideration  to  the  sellers  if  certain  performance  criteria  are  achieved  during  a
specified period. We recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of
acquisition.  Such  valuation  requires  assumptions  regarding  anticipated  cash  flows,  probabilities  of  cash  flows,  discount
rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date
of acquisition, we periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent
consideration  by  reassessing  our  valuation  assumptions  as  of  that  date.  A  change  in  assumptions  related  to  contingent
consideration amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value
of the contingent consideration is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.
A change in the fair value of contingent consideration of $1 million associated with the 2017 acquisition of TBBC
was recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in Fiscal 2021. As of February 3, 2024, and January 28, 2023,
no contingent consideration related to the TBBC acquisition was recognized as a liability in our consolidated balance sheet.
In  the  aggregate,  $4  million  was  earned  by  the  sellers  pursuant  to  the  four  year  contingent  consideration  arrangement,
which ended on January 29, 2022, with the final payment of $2 million paid in Fiscal 2022. One of the sellers of TBBC is
an employee and continues to manage the operations of TBBC.
Other Non-current Liabilities
Amounts  included  in  other  non-current  liabilities  primarily  consist  of  deferred  compensation  amounts  and
amounts related to uncertain tax positions.
84
Table of Contents
Leases
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into real estate lease agreements for our direct to consumer locations,
which include both retail and food and beverage locations, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for
certain equipment. Our real estate leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or
terminate  the  lease  agreement  at  our  discretion,  among  other  provisions.  Our  real  estate  lease  terms  are  typically  for  a
period  of  ten  years  or  less  and  typically  require  monthly  rent  payments  with  specified  rent  escalations  during  the  lease
term.  Our  real  estate  leases  usually  provide  for  payments  of  our  pro  rata  share  of  real  estate  taxes,  insurance  and  other
operating expenses applicable to the property, and certain of our leases require payment of sales taxes on rental payments.
Also,  our  direct  to  consumer  location  leases  often  provide  for  contingent  rent  payments  based  on  sales  if  certain  sales
thresholds  are  achieved.  For  many  of  our  real  estate  lease  agreements,  we  obtain  lease  incentives  from  the  landlord  for
tenant  improvement  or  other  allowances.  Our  lease  agreements  do  not  include  any  material  residual  value  guarantees  or
material restrictive financial covenants. Substantially all of our leases are classified as long-term operating leases.
For  our  leases,  we  recognize  operating  lease  liabilities  equal  to  our  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising
from the leases on a discounted basis and operating lease assets which represent our right to use, or control the use of, a
specified  asset  for  a  lease  term.  Operating  lease  liabilities,  which  are  included  in  current  portion  of  operating  lease
liabilities  and  non-current  portion  of  operating  lease  liabilities  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  are  recognized  at  the
lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The significant judgments in
calculating the present value of lease obligations include determining the lease term and lease payment amounts, which are
dependent upon our assessment of the likelihood of exercising any renewal or termination options that are at our discretion,
as well as the discount rate applied to the future lease payments. The operating lease assets, which are included in operating
lease  assets  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  at  commencement  represent  the  amount  of  the  operating  lease  liability
reduced for any lease incentives, including tenant improvement allowances. Typically, we do not include any renewal or
termination options at our discretion in the underlying lease term at the time of lease commencement as the probability of
exercise  generally  is  not  reasonably  certain.  Variable  rental  payments  for  real  estate  taxes,  sales  tax,  insurance,  other
operating  expenses  and  contingent  rent  based  on  a  percentage  of  net  sales  or  adjusted  periodically  for  inflation  are  not
included in lease expense used to calculate the present value of lease obligations recognized in our consolidated balance
sheet, but instead are recognized as incurred.
Lease  expense  for  operating  leases  is  generally  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term,  even  if
there  are  fixed  escalation  clauses,  lease  incentives  for  rent  holidays,  or  other  similar  items  from  the  date  that  we  take
possession of the space. Substantially all of our lease expense is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of
operations.
We  account  for  the  underlying  operating  lease  at  the  individual  lease  level.  The  lease  guidance  requires  us  to
discount future lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, our
estimated  incremental  borrowing  rate.  As  our  leases  do  not  provide  an  implicit  rate,  we  use  an  estimated  incremental
borrowing rate based on information available at the applicable commencement date. Our estimated incremental borrowing
rate  for  a  lease  is  the  rate  of  interest  we  estimate  we  would  have  to  pay  on  a  collateralized  basis  over  the  lease  term  to
borrow an amount equal to the lease payments.
Foreign Currency
We  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  when  we  generate  net  sales  or  incur  expenses  in  currencies
other than the functional currency of the respective operations. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts
other than the respective functional currency are re-measured into the respective functional currency at the rate of exchange
in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are re-measured at the average rates of exchange prevailing
during  the  relevant  period.  The  impact  of  any  such  re-measurement  is  recognized  in  our  consolidated  statements  of
operations in that period. Net losses (gains) included in our consolidated statements of operations related to foreign
85
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
currency transactions recognized in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 were less than $1 million, $2 million and $1
million, respectively.
Additionally, the financial statements of our operations for which the functional currency is a currency other than
the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance
sheet  and  at  the  average  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  during  the  relevant  period  for  the  statements  of  operations.  The
impact  of  such  translation  is  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  our  consolidated  balance
sheets  and  included  in  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  income
resulting  in  no  impact  on  net  earnings  for  the  relevant  period.  We  view  our  foreign  investments  as  long  term,  and  we
generally do not hedge such foreign investments.
As  of  February  3,  2024,  our  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  exposure  primarily  results  from  our  businesses
operating outside of the United States, which are primarily related to (1) our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada and
Australia purchasing goods in U.S. dollars or other currencies and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany
transactions. During Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, we did not enter into and were not a party to any foreign
currency exchange contracts.
Interest Rate Risk
As all of our indebtedness is variable-rate debt, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates. If we
determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than we believe is appropriate, we may attempt to limit the
impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt or by entering
into  interest  rate  swap  arrangements.  Our  assessment  of  appropriate  levels  of  exposure  to  changes  in  interest  rates  also
considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the significant seasonality of our business
and  cash  flows,  anticipated  future  cash  flows  and  our  expectations  about  the  risk  of  future  interest  rate  changes,  among
other factors. During Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, we did not enter into and were not a party to any interest
rate swap agreements.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes
the inputs to valuation techniques into three broad levels. Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are based on other observable market data, such as quoted prices for similar assets and
liabilities, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable such as interest rates and yield curves. Level 3 inputs are
developed  from  unobservable  data  reflecting  our  assumptions  and  include  situations  where  there  is  little  or  no  market
activity for the asset or liability.
As  of  February  3,  2024,  our  financial  instruments  consist  primarily  of  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts
receivable,  accounts  payable,  accrued  expenses,  other  current  liabilities  and  debt.  Given  their  short-term  nature,  the
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities
generally approximate their fair values. The fair values of any cash and cash equivalents invested on an overnight basis in
money market funds, as well as short-term investments, are based upon the quoted prices in active markets provided by the
holding financial institutions, which are considered Level 1 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Additionally, we believe the
carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings, if any, approximate fair value.
We  have  determined  that  our  operating  lease  assets,  property  and  equipment,  intangible  assets,  goodwill  and
certain other non-current assets included in our consolidated balance sheets are non-financial assets measured at fair value
on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values of each of these non-current
assets are generally based on Level 3 inputs as discussed in “Goodwill and Intangibles” above.
86
Table of Contents
Equity Compensation
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
We have certain equity compensation plans as described in Note 9, which provide for the ability to grant restricted
shares, restricted share units, options and other equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize
compensation  expense  related  to  equity  awards  to  employees  and  non-employee  directors  in  SG&A  in  our  consolidated
statements of operations based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. The fair value of restricted share awards
that are service and performance-based are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date. The
fair value of restricted share awards that are market-based (e.g. relative total shareholder return (“TSR”)) are determined
based  on  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model,  which  models  multiple  TSR  paths  for  our  common  stock  as  well  as  the
comparator group, as applicable, to evaluate and determine the estimated fair value of the restricted share award.
For awards with specified service requirements, the fair value of the awards granted to employees is recognized
over the requisite service period. For performance-based awards (e.g. awards based on our earnings per share), during the
performance  period  we  assess  expected  performance  versus  the  predetermined  performance  goals  and  adjust  the
cumulative equity compensation expense to reflect the relative expected performance achievement. The fair value of the
performance-based awards, if earned, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period and any
additional required service period. For market-based awards (e.g. TSR-based awards) with specified service requirements
that are equal to or longer than the market-based specification period, the fair value of the awards granted to employees is
recognized  over  the  requisite  service  period,  regardless  of  whether,  and  to  the  extent  to  which,  the  market  condition  is
ultimately satisfied. The impact of stock award forfeitures on compensation expense is recognized at the time of forfeiture
as  no  estimate  of  future  forfeitures  is  considered  in  our  calculation  of  compensation  expense  for  our  service-based,
performance-based or market-based awards.
Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive income consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss).
Other comprehensive income (loss) includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant
to  GAAP,  such  as  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  between  the  functional  and  reporting  currencies  and  certain
unrealized gains (losses), if any. For us, other comprehensive income for each period presented primarily consists of the
impact  of  the  foreign  currency  translation  of  our  international  operations.  These  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)
amounts  are  deferred  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  which  is  included  in  shareholders’  equity  in  our
consolidated balance sheets. As of February 3, 2024, the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our
consolidated  balance  sheet  primarily  consist  of  the  net  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment  related  to  our  Tommy
Bahama  operations  in  Canada  and  Australia.  No  material  amounts  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  were
reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into our consolidated statements of operations during Fiscal 2023,
Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021.
Dividends
Dividends are accrued at the time declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal
quarter. Certain restricted share units, as described in Note 9, earn dividend equivalents which are accrued at the time of
dividend declaration by the Board of Directors in accrued expenses and other liabilities, but only paid if the restricted share
units  are  ultimately  earned.  Dividends  accrued  related  to  these  restricted  share  units,  which  are  included  in  accrued
expenses and other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet, were $1 million and $1 million, as of February 3,
2024 and January 28, 2023, respectively.
Share Repurchases
From time to time, we may repurchase shares of our stock under an open market repurchase program or otherwise.
We  account  for  share  repurchases  for  open  market  transactions  by  charging  the  excess  of  repurchase  price  over  the  par
value entirely to retained earnings based on the trade settlement date.
87
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk as a result of our receivables balances, for which the total exposure
is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to wholesale customers
operating  in  a  number  of  distribution  channels  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries.  We  extend  credit  to  certain
wholesale  customers  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  customer’s  credit  history  and  financial  condition,  usually  without
requiring collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is
principally dependent on each customer’s financial condition. As of February 3, 2024, one customer represented 14% and
another customer represented 12% of our receivables, net included in our consolidated balance sheet.
No individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 or
Fiscal 2021. However, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the
amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of
operations in future periods.
Income Taxes
Income  taxes  included  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  determined  using  the  asset  and  liability
method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the
current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement
reporting  and  tax  return  reporting  purposes.  Prepaid  income  taxes  and  income  taxes  payable  are  recognized  in  prepaid
expenses and other accrued expenses and liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.
As  certain  amounts  are  recognized  in  different  periods  for  consolidated  financial  statement  and  tax  return
reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred
tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these
differences,  as  well  as  the  impact  of  net  operating  loss,  capital  loss  and  federal  and  state  credit  carry-backs  and  carry-
forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws at rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are
expected to be realized or settled. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.
We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  to  the  extent  we  believe  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  these  assets  will  be
realized.  In  making  such  a  determination,  we  consider  all  available  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  future
reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  taxable  income  in  any  carry-
back years, tax-planning strategies, and recent results of operations.
Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of
a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or
circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we
are  more  likely  than  not  to  realize  our  deferred  tax  assets  in  the  future  in  excess  of  their  net  recorded  amount,  we  will
reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense.
Also, we use a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition
occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon
examination. The second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is
measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be
realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first
subsequent interim period they meet the more likely than not threshold or are resolved through settlement or litigation with
the relevant taxing authority, upon expiration of the statute of limitations or otherwise. Alternatively, de-recognition of a
tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the
more likely than not threshold of being sustained.
88
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
In the case of foreign subsidiaries, there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be
recognized  for  the  difference  in  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets.  If  we  consider  the  investment  to  be
essentially  permanent  in  duration  and  the  financial  statement  basis  of  the  investment  in  a  foreign  subsidiary,  excluding
undistributed  earnings,  exceeds  the  tax  basis  in  such  investment,  the  deferred  tax  liability  is  not  recognized.  Further,
deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when we consider
those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. While distributions of foreign subsidiary earnings
are generally not subject to federal tax, there are other possible tax impacts, including state taxes and foreign withholding
tax, that must be considered if the earnings are not considered to be permanently reinvested. Further, a gain realized upon
the  sale  of  a  foreign  subsidiary,  if  any,  is  not  exempt  from  federal  tax  and  consideration  must  therefore  be  given  to  the
impact of differences in the book and tax basis of foreign subsidiaries not arising from earnings when determining whether
a liability must be recorded if the investment is not considered permanently reinvested.
Additionally,  United  States  tax  regulations  currently  include  certain  tax  provisions  including  a  tax  on  global
intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), disallowance of deductions for certain payments (the base erosion anti-abuse tax,
or “BEAT”) and certain deductions enacted for certain foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”). While the calculations
for GILTI, BEAT and FDII are complex calculations, these provisions did not have a material impact on our effective tax
rate in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021. We recognize the impact of GILTI as a period cost.
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law,
with  applicable  provisions  reflected  in  our  financial  statements  upon  enactment.  This  law  included  several  taxpayer
favorable provisions which impacted us, including allowing the carry-back of our Fiscal 2020 net operating losses to years
prior to the enactment of the United States Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017 (“U.S. Tax Reform”), resulting in an increased
benefit  for  those  losses,  accelerated  depreciation  of  certain  leasehold  improvement  costs,  relaxed  interest  expense
limitations and certain non-income tax benefits including deferral of employer FICA payments and an employee retention
credit. Substantially all of the income tax receivable in our consolidated balance sheets as of February 3, 2024 and January
28, 2023 relates to the carry-back of our Fiscal 2020 net operating losses to prior years.
We file income tax returns in the United States and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state,
local and foreign income tax returns filed for years prior to Fiscal 2020, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to
examination by tax authorities. We are currently under federal audit. The audit may conclude in the next 12 months and the
unrecognized tax benefits recognized in relation to the audits may differ from actual settlement amounts. It is not possible
to estimate the effect, if any, of the amount of such change during the next 12 months to previously recognized uncertain
tax  positions  in  connection  with  the  audits;  however,  we  do  not  anticipate  that  total  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will
significantly change in the next 12 months.
Earnings Per Share
Basic net earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net earnings amount by the weighted average
shares outstanding during the period. Shares repurchased, if any, are removed from the weighted average number of shares
outstanding upon repurchase based on the trade settlement date.
Diluted  net  earnings  per  share  amounts  are  calculated  similarly  to  the  amounts  above,  except  that  the  weighted
average  shares  outstanding  in  the  diluted  net  earnings  per  share  calculation  also  include  the  potential  dilution  using  the
treasury  stock  method  that  could  occur  if  dilutive  securities,  including  restricted  share  awards  or  other  dilutive  awards,
were converted to shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any restricted share awards, options
or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average
market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of future
compensation  expense  to  be  recognized  and  any  cash  to  be  paid.  Performance-based  and  market-based  restricted  share
units  are  included  in  the  computation  of  diluted  shares  only  to  the  extent  that  the  underlying  performance  or  market
conditions (1) have been satisfied as of the end of the reporting period or (2) if the measurement criteria has been satisfied
and the result would be dilutive, even if the contingency period has not ended as of the end of the reporting period.
89
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
In periods that we incur a loss, we exclude restricted shares or restricted share unit awards as including the awards
would  be  anti-dilutive.  No  restricted  shares  or  restricted  share  units  were  excluded  from  the  diluted  earnings  per  share
calculation for Fiscal 2023 or Fiscal 2022.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
Use of Estimates
The  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  certain
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes to our estimates
and assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 2023
No recently issued guidance adopted in Fiscal 2023 had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements
upon adoption or is expected to have a material impact in future periods.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years
In  November  2023,  the  Financial  Standards  Accounting  Board  (FASB)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update
(ASU)  2023-07  "Segment  Reporting  (Topic  280):  Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment  Disclosures"  which  expands
annual  and  interim  disclosure  requirements  for  reportable  segments,  primarily  through  enhanced  disclosures  about
significant segment expenses. ASU 2023-07 is effective for our annual periods beginning January 1, 2024, and for interim
periods beginning January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the potential effect that the
updated standard will have on our financial statement disclosures.
In  December  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-09  "Income  Taxes  (Topics  740):  Improvements  to  Income  Tax
Disclosures"  to  expand  the  disclosure  requirements  for  income  taxes,  specifically  related  to  the  rate  reconciliation  and
income  taxes  paid.  ASU  2023-09  is  effective  for  our  annual  periods  beginning  January  1,  2025,  with  early  adoption
permitted. We are currently evaluating the potential effect that the updated standard will have on our financial statement
disclosures.
Note 2. Operating Groups
We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for
purposes  of  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance.  Our  operating  group  structure  reflects  a  brand-focused
management  approach,  emphasizing  operational  coordination  and  resource  allocation  across  each  brand’s  direct  to
consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable. With our acquisition of Johnny Was on September 19, 2022,
our  business  is  organized  as  our  Tommy  Bahama,  Lilly  Pulitzer,  Johnny  Was  and  Emerging  Brands  operating  groups.
Results for periods prior to Fiscal 2022 also include the Lanier Apparel operating group, which we exited in Fiscal 2021.
Tommy  Bahama,  Lilly  Pulitzer  and  Johnny  Was  each  design,  source,  market  and  distribute  apparel  and  related
products bearing their respective trademarks and may license their trademarks for other product categories. The Emerging
Brands  operating  group,  which  was  organized  in  Fiscal  2022,  consists  of  the  operations  of  our  smaller,  earlier  stage
Southern Tide, TBBC, Duck Head and Jack Rogers, which is a footwear brand acquired during Fiscal 2023. Prior to Fiscal
2022,  Southern  Tide  was  reported  as  a  separate  operating  group,  while  both  TBBC  and  Duck  Head  were  included  in
Corporate and Other. All prior year amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation.
90
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Each  of  the  brands  included  in  Emerging  Brands  designs,  sources,  markets  and  distributes  apparel  and  related
products  bearing  its  respective  trademarks  and  is  supported  by  Oxford’s  emerging  brands  team  that  provides  certain
support functions to the smaller brands, including marketing and advertising execution, analysis and other functions. The
shared resources provide for operating efficiencies and enhanced knowledge sharing across the brands.
Corporate  and  Other  is  a  reconciling  category  for  reporting  purposes  and  includes  our  corporate  offices,
substantially  all  financing  activities,  the  elimination  of  inter-segment  sales,  any  other  items  that  are  not  allocated  to  the
operating groups, including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments as our LIFO pool does not correspond to our operating
group definitions, and the operations of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center and our Oxford America business, which we
exited in Fiscal 2022.
The  tables  below  present  certain  financial  information  (in  thousands)  about  our  reportable  operating  groups,  as
well as Corporate and Other.
Net sales
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands
Lanier Apparel (2)
Corporate and Other
Consolidated net sales
Depreciation and amortization
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands
Lanier Apparel (2)
Corporate and Other
Consolidated depreciation and amortization
Operating income (loss)
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands (3)
Lanier Apparel (2)
Corporate and Other (4)
Consolidated operating income
Interest expense, net
Earnings before income taxes
$
Fiscal
2023
898,807
343,499
202,859
126,825
$
Fiscal
2022
880,233
339,266
72,591
116,484
—  
—  
(515)
$ 1,571,475
2,954
$ 1,411,528
Fiscal
2021
$
724,305
298,995
—
90,053
24,858
3,868
$ 1,142,079
$
$
$
$
$
$
26,133
16,603
18,794
2,003
26,807
12,784
7,199
1,582
—  
533
64,066
$
—  
663
49,035
$
27,830
11,678
—
1,298
107
685
41,598
$
160,543
56,110
(104,776)
6,714
$
172,761
67,098
(1,544)
15,602
—  
—  
(37,609)
80,982
6,036
74,946
$
(35,143)
218,774
3,049
215,725
$
111,733
63,601
—
16,649
4,888
(31,368)
165,503
944
164,559
(1)
(2)
In Fiscal 2023, the operating loss for Johnny Was resulted from a $111 million impairment charge for goodwill and
intangible assets with no such charges in Fiscal 2022. Financial information for Fiscal 2022 consists of 19 weeks from
the September 19, 2022, acquisition date through January 28, 2023, only.
In Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel business, which is discussed in more detail in Note 12.
91
    
    
    
    
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(3) The  operating  income  for  Emerging  Brands  in  Fiscal  2023  included  a  $2  million  impairment  charge  related  to  an
unconsolidated entity.
(4) The  operating  loss  for  Corporate  and  Other  included  a  LIFO  accounting  charge  of  $10  million,  $3 million and $16
million in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. The operating loss for Corporate and Other in Fiscal
2022  also  included  $3  million  of  transaction  expenses  and  integration  costs  associated  with  the  Johnny  Was
acquisition. Fiscal 2021 also included a gain on sale of an unconsolidated entity of $12 million, respectively.
     Fiscal 2023      Fiscal 2022      Fiscal 2021
Purchases of Property and Equipment
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands
Lanier Apparel (2)
Corporate and Other
Purchases of Property and Equipment
Total Assets
Tommy Bahama (3)
Lilly Pulitzer (4)
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands (5)
Corporate and Other (6)
Total Assets
$ 39,060
24,100
6,105
3,768
$ 17,019
23,990
1,655
3,176
$
—  
—  
828
$ 46,668
$
1,065
$ 74,098
12,887
17,305
—
1,405
5
292
31,894
     February 3,
2024
January 28,
2023
$
556,431
194,871
251,429
98,816
(3,703)
$ 1,097,844
$
569,833
211,119
334,603
91,306
(18,196)
$ 1,188,665
(1) The  financial  information  for  Johnny  Was  for  Fiscal  2022  consists  of  19  weeks  from  the  September  19,  2022,
acquisition date through January 28, 2023, only. The decrease in Johnny Was total assets during Fiscal 2023 relates
primarily to the $111 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets.
(2) Lanier Apparel was exited during Fiscal 2021.
(3)
Increase in Tommy Bahama total assets includes increases in receivables, operating lease assets and property plant and
equipment partially offset by reductions in inventories.
(4) Decrease in Lilly Pulitzer total assets includes reductions in inventories partially offset by increases in receivables.
(5)
Increase in Emerging Brands total assets includes increases in operating lease assets and property plant and equipment
from the opening of new retail store locations. Goodwill and intangible assets also increased related to the current year
acquisition  of  Jack  Rogers  and  six  former  Southern  Tide  Signature  Stores.  These  increase  were  partially  offset  by
reductions in inventories.
(6) Decrease in Corporate and Other total assets includes reductions in inventories, primarily due to the impact of LIFO
accounting.
92
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Net book value of our property and equipment and net sales by geographic area are presented in the tables below
(in thousands). The other foreign amounts primarily relate to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada and Australia.
Net Book Value of Property and Equipment
United States
Other foreign
Net Sales
United States
Other foreign
     February 3,
2024
January 28,
2023
$
$
192,329
2,808
195,137
$
$
174,044
3,540
177,584
     Fiscal 2023      Fiscal 2022      Fiscal 2021
$ 1,532,100
39,375
$ 1,571,475
$ 1,372,278
39,250
$ 1,411,528
$ 1,112,384
29,695
$ 1,142,079
The tables below quantify net sales, for each operating group and in total (in thousands), and the percentage of net
sales  by  distribution  channel  for  each  operating  group  and  in  total,  for  each  period  presented,  except  that  the  amounts
included  for  Johnny  Was  in  Fiscal  2022  represent  the  post-acquisition  period  only.  We  have  calculated  all  percentages
below based on actual data, and percentages may not add to 100 due to rounding.
     Net Sales
    Retail     E‑commerce     Food & Beverage     Wholesale     Other  
Fiscal 2023
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Emerging Brands
Corporate and Other
Consolidated net sales
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was (1)
Emerging Brands
Corporate and Other
Consolidated net sales
Tommy Bahama
Lilly Pulitzer
Johnny Was
Emerging Brands
Lanier Apparel
Corporate and Other
Consolidated net sales
     Net Sales
    Retail     E‑commerce     Food & Beverage     Wholesale     Other  
25 %  
51 %  
41 %  
43 %  
— %  
34 %  
Fiscal 2022
13 %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
7 %  
17 %   — %
16 %   — %
21 %   — %  
46 %   — %
— %   NM %
20 %   — %
24 %  
51 %  
42 %  
42 %  
— %  
33 %  
Fiscal 2021
13 %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
8 %  
17 %   — %
16 %   — %
22 %   — %  
52 %   — %
— %   NM %
20 %   — %
25 %  
50 %  
— %  
39 %  
— %  
— %  
32 %  
13 %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
— %  
8 %  
15 %   — %
16 %   — %
— %   — %  
56 %   — %
100 %   — %
61 %  
39 %
20 %   — %
$
$
$
898,807  
343,499  
202,859
126,825  
45 %  
33 %  
38 %  
11 %  
(515)  — %  
39 %  
$ 1,571,475  
880,233  
339,266  
72,591
116,484  
46 %  
33 %  
36 %  
6 %  
2,954   — %  
39 %  
$ 1,411,528  
724,305  
298,995  
47 %  
34 %  
— — %  
90,053  
5 %  
24,858   — %  
3,868   — %  
39 %  
$ 1,142,079  
93
     Net Sales
    Retail     E‑commerce     Food & Beverage     Wholesale     Other  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, is summarized as follows (in thousands):
Land
Buildings and improvements
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology
Leasehold improvements
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
Note 4. Business Combinations
     February 3,
2024
2,887
32,651
315,810
270,861
622,209
(427,072)
195,137
$
$
January 28,
2023
$
$
3,090
32,495
278,589
255,955
570,129
(392,545)
177,584
During  Fiscal  2023,  we  completed  business  combinations  that  were  insignificant,  individually  and  in  the
aggregate,  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $11  million.  The  business
combinations included the acquisition of certain assets from Jack Rogers LLC and Jack Rogers Holding Company LLC
and  their  subsidiaries  (collectively  “Jack  Rogers”)  and  the  acquisition  of  six  former  Southern  Tide  signature  stores.  The
assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based on the provisional estimated fair values, including intangible
assets of $5 million, inventory of $3 million and goodwill of $3 million. See "Note 5—Intangible Assets and Goodwill" for
the allocation of goodwill to the respective segments. The operating results of each acquisition have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since the respective acquisition dates.
Johnny Was
On September 19, 2022, we acquired 100% of the ownership interests in JW Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries
(collectively  “Johnny  Was”).  Johnny  Was  owns  the  Johnny  Was  California  lifestyle  brand  and  its  related  operations
including  the  design,  sourcing,  marketing  and  distribution  of  collections  of  affordable  luxury,  artisan-inspired  bohemian
apparel, accessories and home goods.  
This  acquisition  was  accounted  for  under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  for  business  combinations.  The
preliminary purchase price for the acquisition of Johnny Was totaled $270 million in cash. After giving effect to the initial
working capital adjustment, the purchase price paid at closing was $271 million, including acquired cash of $7 million. We
used  cash  and  short-term  investments  on  hand  and  borrowings  under  our  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  to  fund  the
transaction.  During  Fiscal  2023,  additional  consideration  of  $2  million  was  transferred  related  to  measurement  period
adjustments. There were no contingent consideration arrangements associated with this transaction.
94
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The  final  estimated  acquisition-date  fair  values  of  major  classes  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,
including a reconciliation to the total purchase consideration, were as follows (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Property and equipment
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Operating lease assets
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities
Purchase price
Provisional
Amounts at 
January 28, 2023
7,296
$
8,777
23,434
6,353
21,108
134,640
96,637
54,859
(34,777)
(47,009)
271,318
$
Measurement
Period Adjustments
$
— $
—  
(28)
—  
(947)
—  
Final Amounts at 
February 3, 2024
7,296
8,777
23,406
6,353
20,161
134,640
99,236
54,859
(34,078)
(47,009)
273,641
$
2,599
—
699
—
2,323
$
Goodwill  represents  the  amount  by  which  the  cost  to  acquire  Johnny  Was  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  individual
acquired assets less liabilities of the business at acquisition. We made measurement-period adjustments, as shown in the
table above, that increased the amount of provisional goodwill by $3 million. Substantially all the goodwill is deductible
for income tax purposes.
We acquired tradenames and trademarks as well as customer relationships as part of the acquisition. We used the
relief from royalty method to estimate the fair value of trademarks and tradenames and the multi-period excess earnings
method  under  the  income  approach  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  customer  relationships.  Intangible  assets  allocated  in
connection with our preliminary purchase price allocation consisted of the following (in thousands):
Finite lived intangible assets acquired, primarily consisting of customer relationships
Trade names and trademarks
Useful life
  8 - 13 years
Indefinite
$
     Johnny Was
acquisition
56,740
77,900
134,640
$
The consolidated pro forma information presented below (in thousands, except per share data) gives effect to the
September 19, 2022 acquisition of Johnny Was as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of Fiscal 2021. The
information presented below is for illustrative purposes only, is not indicative of results that would have been achieved if
the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of Fiscal 2021 and is not intended to be a projection of future results of
operations. The consolidated pro forma information has been prepared from historical financial statements for Johnny Was
and us for the periods presented, including without limitation, purchase accounting adjustments, but excluding any seller
specific  management/advisory  or  similar  expenses  and  any  synergies  or  operating  cost  reductions  that  may  be  achieved
from the combined operations in the future.
Net sales
Earnings before income taxes
Net earnings
Earnings per share:
    Basic
    Diluted
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2021
$
$
$
$
$
1,546,371  
237,919
182,380
11.47
11.22
$
$
$
$
$
1,327,875
169,832
135,276
8.02
8.13
95
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Fiscal 2022 pro forma information above includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, but excludes the
transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the transaction and the $4 million of incremental cost of goods
sold  associated  with  the  step-up  of  inventory  at  acquisition  that  was  recognized  by  us  in  our  Fiscal  2022  consolidated
statement of operations. The Fiscal 2021 pro forma information above includes amortization of acquired intangible assets,
transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the transaction and the $4 million of incremental cost of goods
sold associated with the step-up of inventory at acquisition. Additionally, the pro forma adjustments for each period prior to
the September 2022 acquisition reflect an estimate of incremental interest expense associated with additional borrowings
and income tax expense that would have been incurred subsequent to the acquisition.
Note 5. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):
     February 3,
Intangible assets with finite lives
Accumulated amortization and impairment
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
Tommy Bahama Trademark
Lilly Pulitzer Trademark
Johnny Was Trademark
Southern Tide Trademark
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives
Total intangible assets, net
$
$
$
$
2024
113,413 $
(64,812)  
48,601  
January 28,
2023
108,513
(50,068)
58,445
110,700 $
27,500  
66,000
9,300  
213,500 $
110,700
27,500
77,900
9,300
225,400
262,101 $
283,845
Intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2023 are as follows (in
thousands):
Balance, January 30, 2021
Acquisition
Impairment
Amortization
Balance, January 29, 2022
Acquisition
Impairment
Amortization
Balance, January 28, 2023
Acquisition
Impairment
Amortization
Balance, February 3, 2024
Johnny
Was
     Tommy
Bahama
$ 110,700
—
—  
—  
$ 110,700
—
—  
—  
$ 110,700
—
—  
—  
$ 110,700
Lilly
Pulitzer
$ 28,317
—
—  
$
(220)
$ 28,097
—
—  
$
(238)
$ 27,859
—
—  
(227)
$ 27,632
Total
and Other
Brands
— $ 17,170
—
—
—  
—  
—  
(660)
— $ 16,510
—
—  
     Emerging      Lanier      Corporate     
Apparel
$ — $
—
—  
—  
$ — $
—
—  
—  
$ — $
—
—  
—  
$ — $
— $ 156,187
—
—
—
—  
—  
(880)
— $ 155,307
134,640
—
—  
—
—  
(6,102)
— $ 283,845
4,899
—
(11,900)
—  
—  
(14,743)
— $ 262,101
(670)
$ 15,840
4,899
(664)
$ 20,075
—  
—  
134,640
(5,194)
$ 129,446
—
(11,900)
(13,852)
$ 103,694
Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for each of the
next five years is expected to be $12 million, $9 million, $6 million, $5 million and $4 million.
96
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Goodwill,  by  operating  group  and  in  total,  for  Fiscal  2021,  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2023  is  as  follows  (in
thousands):
Balance, January 30, 2021
Other, including foreign currency
Balance January 29, 2022
Acquisition
Other, including foreign currency
Balance, January 28, 2023
Acquisition
Measurement-period adjustments
Impairment
Other, including foreign currency
Balance, February 3, 2024
     Emerging      Corporate     
Brands
3,600
and Other
$
—  
$
$
$
     Tommy
Bahama
788
(41)
747
—
(8)
739
—
—  
—  
(42)
697
$
$
Lilly
Pulitzer
$ 19,522
$
—  
$
$ 19,522
—
—  
$ 19,522
—
—
—  
—  
$
$ 19,522
Johnny
Was
— $
—  
— $
96,637
—  
$
$ 96,637
—
2,599
(99,236)
—  
— $
3,600
—
—  
$
3,600
3,371
—  
—  
—  
$
6,971
Total
23,910
— $
(41)
—  
23,869
— $
96,637
—
—  
(8)
— $ 120,498
3,371
—
2,599
—
(99,236)
—  
—  
(42)
27,190
— $
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Impairment Testing
We assess the recoverability of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets annually, at the beginning of
the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  and  between  annual  tests  if  an  event  occurs  or  circumstances  change  that  would
indicate  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  carrying  amount  may  be  impaired.  Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are
amortized over their estimated useful life and are tested for impairment, along with other long-lived assets, when events
and  circumstances  indicate  that  the  assets  might  be  impaired.  Please  see  Note  1,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
Policies,” for discussion of the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets impairment testing process.  
Based on our annual quantitative assessment as of October 29, 2023, and in conjunction with our fourth quarter
annual forecasting process for 2024 which impacts key assumptions used in our impairment assessments, it was determined
that the Johnny Was reporting unit and intangible assets with an indefinite life were impaired. The impairment charges for
Johnny Was reflect the current challenging macroeconomic environment that has resulted in a more cautious consumer and
an increase in interest rates. The more cautious consumer has both negatively impacted Johnny Was’ wholesale customers
and direct to consumer operations resulting in Johnny Was not performing as originally projected in Fiscal 2023 and the
moderation of forecasted revenue and operating income in future years. Interest rates also increased significantly after the
acquisition of Johnny Was in September 2022 leading to an increase in discount rates used in our impairment analyses. We
recorded  $111  million  of  noncash  impairment  charges  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  2023,  including  a  goodwill
impairment  of  $99  million  and  an  intangible  asset  impairment  of  $12  million,  which  were  included  in  Impairment  of
goodwill, intangible assets and equity method investments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 6. Debt
On March 6, 2023, we entered into a Second Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
(the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”). The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility of
up  to  $325  million,  which  may  be  used  to  fund  working  capital,  to  fund  future  acquisitions  and  for  general  corporate
purposes.  The  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  amended  and  restated  our  Fourth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement (the “Prior Credit Agreement”). The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement (1) extended the maturity of the facility
from  July  2024  to  March  2028  and  (2)  modified  certain  provisions  of  the  agreement.  In  other  non-current  assets,  we
capitalized debt issuance costs of $2 million in connection with commitments upon entering into the U.S. Revolving Credit
Agreement.
97
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Pursuant to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, the interest rate applicable to our borrowings under the U.S.
 Revolving Credit Agreement is based on either the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus an applicable margin of
135 to 185 basis points or prime plus an applicable margin of 25 to 75 basis points.
The  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  generally  (1)  is  limited  to  a  borrowing  base  consisting  of  specified
percentages of eligible categories of assets, (2) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average interest rate of 7% as of
February  3,  2024),  unused  line  fees  and  letter  of  credit  fees  based  upon  average  utilization  or  unused  availability,  as
applicable,  (3)  requires  periodic  interest  payments  with  principal  due  at  maturity  and  (4)  is  secured  by  a  first  priority
security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including accounts
receivable,  books  and  records,  chattel  paper,  deposit  accounts,  equipment,  certain  general  intangibles,  inventory,
investment  property  (including  the  equity  interests  of  certain  subsidiaries),  negotiable  collateral,  life  insurance  policies,
supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, cash and cash equivalents, eligible trademarks, proceeds and other personal
property.
We have issued standby letters of credit of $5 million in the aggregate under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement
as  of  February  3,  2024.  Outstanding  letters  of  credit  under  the  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  reduce  the  amount  of
borrowings available to us.
As of February 3, 2024, we had $29 million of borrowings outstanding and $288 million in unused availability
under  the  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  Under  the  Prior  Credit  Agreement  as  of  January  28,  2023  we  had  $119
million of borrowings outstanding and $199 million of unused availability.
Compliance with Covenants
The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of
financial  information,  compliance  with  law,  maintenance  of  property,  insurance  requirements  and  conduct  of  business.
Also, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among
other things, limitations on our ability to (1) incur debt, (2) guaranty certain obligations, (3) incur liens, (4) pay dividends
to shareholders, (5) repurchase shares of our common stock, (6) make investments, (7) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries,
(8) acquire assets or businesses, (9) merge or consolidate with other companies or (10) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem
debt.
Additionally,  the  U.S.  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  contains  a  financial  covenant  that  applies  only  if  excess
availability under the agreement for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10%
of availability. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not
be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered.
This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit
Agreement of more than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under the
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we amended
the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 2023 and as of February 3, 2024, no financial covenant testing was
required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, or the Prior Credit Agreement, as applicable, as the minimum
availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 3, 2024, we were compliant with all applicable covenants related
to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Note 7. Leases and Other Commitments
For Fiscal 2023, operating lease expense, which includes amounts used in determining the operating lease liability
and operating lease asset was $71 million and variable lease expense was $48 million, resulting in total lease expense of
98
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
$119 million. For Fiscal 2022, operating lease expense, which includes amounts used in determining the operating lease
liability  and  operating  lease  asset  was  $61  million  and  variable  lease  expense  was  $43  million,  resulting  in  total  lease
expense of $104 million.  For Fiscal 2021, operating lease expense was $58 million and variable lease expense was $35
million, resulting in total lease expense of $93 million. As of both February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, the weighted-
average remaining operating lease term was six years. The weighted-average discount rate for operating leases was 5.7%
and  4.7%  as  of  February  3,  2024  and  January  28,  2023,  respectively.  Cash  paid  for  lease  amounts  included  in  the
measurement of operating lease liabilities in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 was $89 million, $75 million and
$70 million, respectively.
As  of  February  3,  2024,  the  required  lease  liability  payments,  which  include  base  rent  amounts  but  excludes
payments  for  real  estate  taxes,  sales  taxes,  insurance,  other  operating  expenses  and  contingent  rents  incurred  under
operating lease agreements, for the fiscal years specified below were as follows (in thousands):
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
After 2028
Total lease payments
Less: Difference between discounted and undiscounted lease payments
Present value of lease liabilities
Note 8. Shareholders’ Equity
Common Stock
Operating lease
78,886
64,045
58,746
45,053
39,334
82,348
368,412
60,133
308,279
$
$
We had 60 million shares of $1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of February 3,
2024 and January 28, 2023. As of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, we had 16 million shares and 16 million shares,
respectively, of common stock issued and outstanding.
Dividends
During Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, we paid $42 million, $35 million and $28 million, respectively,
of dividends to our shareholders. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in
July 1960, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital,
including  payment  of  outstanding  debt,  funding  of  acquisitions,  funding  of  capital  expenditures  or  repurchases  of
outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the
ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to
pay dividends.
Share Repurchases
During  Fiscal  2023,  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021,  we  repurchased  $20  million,  $92  million  and  $8  million,
respectively in open market transactions. Additionally, during Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, we purchased $10
million, $3 million and $3 million, respectively, of shares from our employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to
the vesting of shares of our stock.
99
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
On December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of
our stock in open market transactions. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase
shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ December 7, 2021, authorization,
we repurchased 196,000 shares of our common stock for $20 million, an average price of $102 per share, in open market
transactions  during  Fiscal  2023.   As  of  February  3,  2024,  $30  million  of  the  authorization  remained  available  for  future
repurchases of our common stock.
Preferred Stock
We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of February 3, 2024 and
January 28, 2023. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of February 3, 2024 or January 28, 2023.
Note 9. Equity Compensation
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and Equity Compensation Expense
As  of  February  3,  2024,  shares  available  for  issuance  under  our  Long-Term  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Long-
Term Stock Incentive Plan”) were less than 1 million shares, which includes the additional shares approved for grant under
the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan by shareholders in June 2022. The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant
equity-based  awards  to  employees  and  non-employee  directors  in  the  form  of,  among  other  things,  stock  options,  stock
appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. No additional shares are available under any predecessor
plans.
The specific provisions of restricted share awards are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined
by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. Restricted shares and restricted share units granted to officers
and other key employees in recent years generally vest three years from the date of grant if (1) the performance or market
threshold,  if  any,  was  met  and  (2)  the  employee  is  still  employed  by  us  on  the  vesting  date.  The  employee  generally  is
restricted  from  transferring  or  selling  any  restricted  shares  or  restricted  share  units  and  forfeits  the  awards  upon  the
termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The restricted share unit awards granted during Fiscal
2022 and Fiscal 2023 include certain clauses related to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of qualifying retirement,
death or disability of the employee prior to the vesting date, while the restricted share awards granted in prior years did not
include such clauses.
In recent years, we have granted a combination of service-based restricted share awards and awards based on total
shareholder return (“TSR”) to certain of our employees. As of February 3, 2024, there was $20 million of unrecognized
compensation expense related to the unvested service-based and TSR-based restricted share awards included in the tables
below,  which  have  been  granted  to  employees  but  have  not  yet  vested.  As  of  February  3,  2024,  the  weighted  average
remaining life of the outstanding service-based and TSR-based awards was one year and two years, respectively.
Service-Based and Performance-Based Restricted Share Awards
During Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, we granted service-based restricted share and restricted share unit awards,
while in Fiscal 2021 and years prior we granted service-based restricted shares. At the time that service-based restricted
share  unit  awards  are  granted,  the  employee  is  generally,  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  respective  agreement,  entitled  to
dividend equivalents, payable at the time of payment of any dividends paid on our common stock as long as the awards are
outstanding, but do not have any voting rights. Whereas, at the time that service-based restricted share awards were issued,
the  shareholder  is  generally,  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  respective  agreement,  entitled  to  the  same  dividend  and  voting
rights as other holders of our common stock as long as the restricted shares are outstanding.
100
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Service-based Restricted Share Units
The  table  below  summarizes  the  service-based  restricted  share  awards,  including  both  restricted  shares  and
restricted  share  units,  and  performance-based  award  activity  for  officers  and  other  key  employees  during  Fiscal  2023,
Fiscal 2022, and Fiscal 2021 (which do not include the TSR-based Restricted Share Unit activity described below):
Awards outstanding at beginning of year
Awards granted
Awards vested, including awards
repurchased from employees for
employees’ tax liability
Awards forfeited
Awards outstanding on February 3, 2024
Fiscal 2023
     Weighted- 
Number of
Shares or
Units
212,945
60,505
average
grant date
fair value
64
115
$
$
Fiscal 2022
     Weighted-
Number of
Shares
or Units
238,889
67,965
average
grant date
fair value
61
89
$
$
Fiscal 2021
     Weighted-
Number of
Shares
or Units
308,369
42,855
average
grant date
fair value
61
89
$
$
(111,095) $
(3,561) $
$
158,794
41
83
99
(83,324) $
(10,585) $
212,945
$
77
62
64
(81,283) $
(31,052) $
238,889
$
77
62
61
The following table summarizes information about unvested service-based restricted share awards, including both
restricted shares and restricted share units, as of February 3, 2024.
Description
Service-based restricted shares with May 2024 vesting date
Service-based restricted share units with May 2025 vesting date
Service-based restricted share units with May 2026 vesting date
Total service-based awards outstanding at end of year
     Number of     
Unvested
Share
Awards
34,455
64,134
60,205
158,794
Average
Fair Value
on
Date of Grant
89
$
89
$
115
$
99
$
Additionally,  during  the  First  Quarter  of  Fiscal  2024,  we  granted  0.1  million  of  service-based  restricted  share
units, subject to the recipient remaining an employee through the May 2027 vesting date.
101
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
TSR-based Restricted Share Units
The table below summarizes the TSR-based restricted share unit activity for officers and other key employees (in
units) during Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022, and Fiscal 2021:
TSR-based awards outstanding at
beginning of year
TSR-based awards granted
TSR-based restricted shares earned and
vested, including restricted share units
repurchased from employees for
employees’ tax liability
TSR-based awards forfeited
TSR-based awards outstanding on
February 3, 2024
Fiscal 2023
     Weighted- 
Number of
Share Units
average
grant date
fair value
Fiscal 2022
     Weighted-
Number of
Share Units
average
grant date
fair value
Fiscal 2021
     Weighted-
Number of
Share Units
average
grant date
fair value
196,040
74,605
$
$
89
153
130,440
66,525
$
$
78
111
83,345
56,750
$
$
50
117
(76,340) $
(2,142) $
50
115
— $
(925) $
—
115
— $
(9,655) $
192,163
$
129
196,040
$
89
130,440
$
—
68
78
The restricted share units granted in the table above are at target. The TSR-based restricted share units are subject
to  (1)  our  achievement  of  a  specified  TSR-based  ranking  by  us  relative  to  a  comparator  group  during  a  period  of
approximately three years from the date of grant and (2) generally the recipient remaining an employee through the vesting
date  which  is  approximately  three  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The  number  of  shares  ultimately  earned,  which  will  be
settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, will be between 0% and 200% of the restricted share units at
target. These TSR-based restricted share units are entitled to dividend equivalents for dividends declared on our common
stock  prior  to  the  vesting  date,  which  are  payable  after  vesting  of  the  restricted  shares,  solely  for  the  number  of  shares
ultimately earned. These TSR-based restricted share units do not have any voting rights prior to the vesting date.
The  following  table  summarizes  information  about  unvested  TSR-based  restricted  share  units  as  of  February  3,
2024.
Description
TSR-based restricted share units (at target) with May 2024 vesting date
TSR-based restricted share units (at target) with May 2025 vesting date
TSR-based restricted share units (at target) with May 2026 vesting date
Total TSR-based restricted share units outstanding at end of year
Unvested
TSR-Based
Share/Unit
52,200
65,358
74,605
192,163
Fair Value
on
Date of Grant
117
$
111
$
153
$
129
$
Additionally, during the First Quarter of Fiscal 2024, we granted 0.1 million of TSR-based restricted share units at
target, subject to (1) our achievement of a specified TSR-based ranking by Oxford relative to a comparator group during a
period of approximately three years from the date of grant and (2) the recipient remaining an employee through the May
2027 vesting date. The number of shares ultimately earned will be between 0% and 200% of the restricted share units at
target.
Director Share Awards
In addition to shares granted to employees, we grant restricted share awards to our non-employee directors for a
portion of each non-employee director’s annual compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service
requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors
102
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are
restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
There  were  less  than  1  million  shares  of  our  common  stock  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  Employee  Stock
Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of February 3, 2024. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common
stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the
ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll
deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that
date.  Equity  compensation  expense  related  to  the  employee  stock  purchase  plan  recognized  was  less  than  $1  million  in
each of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
Note 10. Defined Contribution Plans
We have a tax-qualified voluntary defined contribution retirement savings plan covering substantially all United
States  employees.  If  an  eligible  participant  elects  to  contribute,  a  portion  of  the  contribution  may  be  matched  by  us.
Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Our
aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal
2022 and Fiscal 2021 was $7 million, $5 million and $4 million, respectively. The increase in Fiscal 2023 was primarily
due to an increase in the company match percentage for our defined contribution plan.
Note 11. Income Taxes
The  following  table  summarizes  our  distribution  between  domestic  and  foreign  earnings  (loss)  before  income
taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):
Earnings (loss) before income taxes:
Domestic
Foreign
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
Income taxes:
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Deferred—Domestic
Deferred—Foreign
Income taxes
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Fiscal
2021
$ 62,772
12,174
$ 74,946
$ 206,944
8,781
$ 215,725
$ 161,233
3,326
$ 164,559
$ 28,183
7,530
2,419
38,132
(24,083)
194
$ 14,243
$ 41,776
8,835
1,191
51,802
71
(1,883)
$ 49,990
$
$
24,998
3,780
409
29,187
4,155
(104)
33,238
103
    
    
    
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized
as follows:
Statutory federal income tax rate
State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit
Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions & method change
Impact of foreign operations rate differential
U.S. federal tax credits
Impact of prior year true-ups
Excess Tax Benefit, Restricted Stock Vesting
Impact of valuation allowances related to operating losses
Impact of valuation allowances related to capital losses
Impact of capital losses
Other, net
Effective tax rate for continuing operations
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Fiscal
2021
21.0 %  
1.6 %  
1.5 %
0.3 %  
(3.0)%  
(1.9)%  
(1.6)%  
(0.9)%
— %
— %
2.0 %  
19.0 %  
21.0 %  
3.6 %  
0.2 %
0.1 %  
(0.7)%  
(0.3)%  
(0.1)%  
(1.6)%
— %
— %
1.0 %  
23.2 %  
21.0 %
3.7 %
(1.0)%
0.1 %
(0.6)%
(0.7)%
(0.3)%
(0.8)%
1.2 %
(2.9)%
0.5 %
20.2 %
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in
thousands):
Deferred Tax Assets:
Inventories
Accrued compensation and benefits
Receivable allowances and reserves
Operating lease liabilities
Operating loss and other carry-forwards
Other, net
Deferred tax assets
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Operating lease assets
Depreciation and amortization
Acquired intangible assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
     February 3,
2024
January 28,
2023
$
$
21,254
10,982
2,433
77,150
709
5,902
118,430
(74,004)
(16,907)
(1,051)
(91,962)
(2,289)
24,179
$
$
20,561
9,637
2,580
71,871
757
4,901
110,307
(66,145)
(15,289)
(26,030)
(107,464)
(2,448)
395
The majority of our valuation allowance of $2 million as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023 relates to our
capital loss carry-forwards. The amount of the valuation allowance could change in the future if our operating results or
estimates of future taxable operating results changes.
Certain amounts of foreign earnings are subject to U.S. federal tax currently pursuant to the GILTI rules regardless
of  whether  those  earnings  are  distributed,  and  actual  distributions  of  foreign  earnings  are  generally  no  longer  subject  to
U.S. federal tax. We continue to assert that our investments in substantially all of our foreign subsidiaries and substantially
all of the related earnings are permanently reinvested outside the United States. We believe that any other taxes such as
foreign withholding or U.S. state tax payable would be immaterial if we were to repatriate the foreign earnings. Therefore,
we  have  not  recorded  any  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  to  these  foreign  investments  and  earnings  in  our  consolidated
balance sheets as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023.
104
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accounting for income taxes requires that we offset deferred tax liabilities and assets within each tax jurisdiction
and  present  the  net  deferred  tax  amount  for  each  jurisdiction  as  a  net  deferred  tax  amount  in  our  consolidated  balance
sheets.  The amounts of deferred income taxes included in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):
Assets:
Deferred tax assets
Liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
     February 3,
2024
January 28,
2023
$
$
24,179
$
3,376
—  
$
24,179
(2,981)
395
A reconciliation of the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which are included in other non-
current liabilities, is as follows (in thousands):
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
Increase related to prior period tax positions
Decrease related to prior period tax positions
Increase related to current period tax positions
Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities
Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2021
$
$
3,664
233
(2,027)
1,940
—
(100)
3,710
$
$
3,390
110
—
646
—
(482)
3,664
$
$
5,261
10
—
527
(2,305)
(103)
3,390
Approximately $2 million of our uncertain tax positions as of February 3, 2024, if recognized, would reduce the
future effective tax rate in the period settled.  The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to our tax positions is
subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, settlements of ongoing audits and assessments and
the  expiration  of  applicable  statutes  of  limitation.  The  ultimate  occurrence,  outcomes,  and  timing  of  such  events  could
differ from our current expectations. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within
income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations. During each of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021,
we recognized less than $1 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in our consolidated
statements of operations.
Inflation Reduction Act of 2022
On  August  16,  2022,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  the  Inflation  Reduction  Act  (“IRA”)  into  law.  The  IRA
implemented a corporate alternative minimum tax, subject to certain thresholds being met, and a 1% excise tax on share
repurchases effective beginning January 1, 2023. We do not currently expect that the tax-related provisions of the IRA will
have a material effect on our reported results, cash flows or financial position. For Fiscal 2023, excise taxes included as
part of the price of common stock repurchased during the period did not have a material effect on our reported results.
Pillar Two Directive
In December 2022, the EU Member States formally adopted the Pillar Two Directive, which generally provides
for a minimum effective tax rate of 15%, as established by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development
Pillar  Two  Framework.  The  EU  effective  dates  are  January  1,  2024,  and  January  1,  2025,  for  different  aspects  of  the
directive. A significant number of other countries are expected to also implement similar legislation with varying effective
dates  in  the  future.  We  are  continuing  to  evaluate  the  potential  effect  on  future  periods  of  the  Pillar  Two  Framework,
pending legislative adoption by additional individual countries.
105
    
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 12. Lanier Apparel Exit
In  Fiscal  2021,  we  exited  our  Lanier  Apparel  business,  which  had  been  focused  on  moderately  priced  tailored
clothing and related products. The Lanier Apparel exit aligns with our stated business strategy of developing and marketing
compelling  lifestyle  brands.  It  also  took  into  consideration  the  increased  macroeconomic  challenges  faced  by  the  Lanier
Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic.
During Fiscal 2021, we recognized in the Lanier Apparel operating group a benefit of $2 million related to the
Lanier Apparel exit primarily consisting of (1) $4 million of reductions in inventory markdowns previously recognized, of
which the substantial majority of this amount was reversed in Corporate and Other as part of LIFO accounting and (2) a $3
million gain on the sale of Lanier Apparel’s Toccoa, Georgia distribution center. These items were partially offset by (1) $2
million  of  severance  and  employee  retention  costs,  (2)  $2  million  of  termination  charges  related  to  certain  license
agreements and (3) $1 million of additional charges related to the Merida manufacturing facility.
For  Fiscal  2021  the  estimated  inventory  markdown  charges  and  manufacturing  facility  charges  are  included  in
cost of goods sold in Lanier Apparel, while the charges for operating lease asset impairments, employee charges, and fixed
asset impairments are included in SG&A in Lanier Apparel. The gain on sale of the Toccoa, Georgia distribution center in
Fiscal  2021  is  included  in  royalties  and  other  income  in  Lanier  Apparel.  The  $2  million  gain  on  sale  of  the  Merida
manufacturing facility in Mexico that was sold in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2023 is also included in royalties and other
income.
We do not expect to incur any additional Lanier Apparel exit charges. Substantially all of the cumulative accrued
employee  charges,  termination  charges  related  to  contractual  commitments  and  charges  related  to  the  Merida
manufacturing facility have been paid. During Fiscal 2023, lease amounts totaling $2 million related to the Lanier Apparel
office  leases  that  were  previously  impaired  and  vacated  were  paid,  with  no  other  anticipated  significant  future  cash
requirements related to the Lanier Apparel business.
106
Table of Contents
SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Column A
Description
Fiscal 2023
Deducted from asset accounts:
Accounts receivable reserves (1)
Provision for credit losses (2)
Fiscal 2022
Deducted from asset accounts:
Accounts receivable reserves (1)
Provision for credit losses (2)
Fiscal 2021
Deducted from asset accounts:
Accounts receivable reserves (1)
Provision for credit losses (2)
Column B
Balance at
Beginning
of Period     
Column C
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
(In thousands)
Column D
Column E
Deductions
–
Describe
Balance at
End of
Period
$
$
$
$
$
$
4,032
1,230
3,412
1,311
6,418
2,580
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,201
(382)
2,868
(262)
(1,140)
(1,190)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(2,592)(4)  $
(348)(5)  $
2,641
500
541 (3)  $
200 (3)  $
(2,789)(4)  $
(19)(5)  $
4,032
1,230
— $
— $
(1,866)(4)  $
(79)(5)  $
3,412
1,311
(1) Accounts  receivable  reserves  includes  estimated  reserves  for  allowances,  returns  and  discounts  related  to  our
wholesale  operations  as  discussed  in  our  significant  accounting  policy  disclosure  for  "Revenue  Recognition  and
Receivables" in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
(2) Provision for credit losses consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a wholesale customer’s inability to meet its
financial  obligations  as  discussed  in  our  significant  accounting  policy  disclosure  for  "Revenue  Recognition  and
Receivables" in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
(3) Addition due to the acquisition of Johnny Was in September 2022.
(4) Principally consists of amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.
(5) Principally consists of accounts written off as uncollectible.
107
    
    
    
    
 
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oxford Industries, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of February 3,
2024 and January 28, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2024, and the related notes and financial
statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In
our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company at February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended February 3, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2024, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated April 1, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex
judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a
separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
108
Table of Contents
Description of the
Matter
Valuation of Goodwill and Trademark Indefinite-lived Intangible Asset of the Johnny Was
Reporting Unit
As disclosed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, in connection with the annual
impairment test, the Company recorded impairment charges of $99 million related to goodwill and
$12 million related to the trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset. As disclosed in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for
impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or whenever changes in
circumstances may indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Subsequent to the
impairment charges recorded, the Company’s goodwill and trademark indefinite-lived intangible
asset balances for the Johnny Was reporting unit were $0 and $66 million, respectively, at February
3, 2024.
Auditing management’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests for the
Johnny Was reporting unit was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation
required to determine the fair values of the Johnny Was reporting unit and trademark indefinite-
lived intangible asset. In particular, the fair value estimate of the Johnny Was reporting unit for
purposes of assessing the amount of impairment was sensitive to significant assumptions such as
revenue growth rates, operating margin, and the discount rate. In addition, the fair value estimate of
the Johnny Was indefinite-lived intangible asset was sensitive to significant assumptions such as
royalty rates for the trademark, revenue growth rates, and discount rate. These significant
assumptions are affected by expectations about future market and economic conditions.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the
Company’s controls over the Johnny Was goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment
processes. For example, we tested controls over management’s review of the significant
assumptions described above.
To test the estimated fair value of the Johnny Was reporting unit and trademark indefinite-lived
intangible asset, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing
methodologies used by the Company, testing the significant assumptions discussed above, and
evaluating the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by the Company in its
analyses. For example, we compared the significant assumptions described above to current market
and economic trends; the assumptions used to value similar assets in acquisitions; historical results
of the business; and other guidelines used by companies in the same industry. We involved our
valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the Company's valuation methodology and certain
significant assumptions. In addition, we assessed the historical accuracy of management’s
prospective financial information and performed sensitivity analyses on significant assumptions to
evaluate the potential changes in the fair value of the Johnny Was reporting unit and trademark
indefinite-lived intangible asset that would result from changes in the assumptions. We also
recalculated the resulting impairment charges recorded by the Company.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Atlanta, GA
April 1, 2024
109
Table of Contents
Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our  company,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  principal
executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures
as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective.
Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of Fiscal
2023  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
(as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control
over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial
reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program
of  appropriate  reviews  by  management,  written  policies  and  guidelines,  careful  selection  and  training  of  qualified
personnel, and a written code of conduct.
We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2024. In making
this  assessment,  management  used  the  updated  framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway  Commission  ("COSO")  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  (2013).  Based  on  this  assessment,  we
believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 3, 2024.
Ernst  &  Young  LLP,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  our  internal  control  over
financial reporting as of February 3, 2024, and its report thereon is included herein.
and
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III
Thomas C. Chubb III
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
President
(Principal Executive Officer)
     /s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER
K. Scott Grassmyer
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Operating Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Because  of  their  inherent  limitations,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  our  internal  controls  over
financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  for  future
periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated,
can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system’s objectives will be met.
110
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oxford Industries, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2024, based on criteria
established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  Oxford  Industries,  Inc.  (the  Company)
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2024, based on the
COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023,
the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended February 3, 2024, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the
Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and our report dated April 1, 2024
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  Report  of
Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in
all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides
a reasonable basis for our opinion.
111
Table of Contents
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
April 1, 2024
112
Table of Contents
Item 9B.   Other Information
During the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2024, none of our directors or officers adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1
trading arrangement” or a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
Item 9C.   Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
The  information  required  by  this  Item  10  of  Part  III  will  appear  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  under  the
headings  "Corporate  Governance  and  Board  Matters—Directors,"  "Executive  Officers,"  "Common  Stock  Ownership  by
Management  and  Certain  Beneficial  Owners—Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,"  "Corporate
Governance and Board Matters—Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director Candidates by
Shareholders,"  and  "Corporate  Governance  and  Board  Matters—Board  Meetings  and  Committees  of  our  Board  of
Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
The  information  required  by  this  Item  11  of  Part  III  will  appear  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  under  the
headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating,
Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and
is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The  information  required  by  this  Item  12  of  Part  III  will  appear  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  under  the
headings  "Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information"  and  "Common  Stock  Ownership  by  Management  and  Certain
Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The  information  required  by  this  Item  13  of  Part  III  will  appear  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  under  the
headings  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions"  and  "Corporate  Governance  and  Board  Matters—Director
Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Our independent registered public accounting firm is Ernst & Young LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, Auditor Firm ID 42.
The  information  required  by  this  Item  14  of  Part  III  will  appear  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  under  the
heading  "Audit-Related  Matters—Fees  Paid  to  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm"  and  "Audit-Related
Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is
incorporated herein by reference.
113
Table of Contents
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 1. Financial Statements
PART IV
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
● Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 3, 2024 and January 28, 2023.
● Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
● Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
● Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
● Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
● Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
2.    Financial Statement Schedules
● Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not
required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
(b)   Exhibits
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
Unit Purchase Agreement, dated September 19, 2022 by and among JW Holdings, LLC, the sellers named
therein, Oxford Industries, Inc. and Endeavour Capital Fund VI, L.P. as sellers’ representative (filed as Exhibit
2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2022)
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended July 29, 2017)
Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on
August 18, 2020)
Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed as Exhibit
4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2020)
Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective June 13, 2012) (filed
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012)†
First Amendment to Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated July 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit
10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the fiscal quarter ended on July 30, 2016)†
Second Amendment to Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 22, 2022†
(filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2023)
Fourth Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2016, among Oxford
Industries, Inc.; Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.; the additional entities grantor thereto, as Grantors, and Truist
Bank f/k/a SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on
May 24, 2016)
Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement*
Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2023, by and
among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as
114
Table of Contents
guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, and Truist Bank, as
administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2023)
Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†
Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit
10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†
Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2023)
Subsidiaries of Oxford Industries, Inc.*
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
Power of Attorney*
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002*
10.7
10.8
10.9
21
23
24
31.1
31.2
32
97
Clawback Policy*
101INS XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL Document
101SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File – the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data
File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL Document
*     Filed herewith
†     Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to
Item 15(b) of this report.
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt omitted from this
report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.
Item 16.   Form 10-K Summary
None.
115
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Oxford Industries, Inc.
By:
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III
Thomas C. Chubb III
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Date: April 1, 2024
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Capacity
Date
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III
Thomas C. Chubb III
/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER
K. Scott Grassmyer
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Operating Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer)
Helen Ballard
*
Virginia A. Hepner
*
John R. Holder
*
Stephen S. Lanier
*
Dennis M. Love
*
Milford W. McGuirt
*
Clarence H. Smith
*
Clyde C. Tuggle
*
E. Jenner Wood III
*
Carol B. Yancey
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
*By
/s/ SURAJ A. PALAKSHAPPA
Suraj A. Palakshappa
as Attorney-in-Fact
116
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
April 1, 2024
 
    
    
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT 10.5
This Restricted  Share  Unit  Award  Agreement  (this  “Agreement”)  is  entered  into  as  of  ______
____, ____ (the “Effec ve Date”), by and between <
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above